ANCHOR

ANCHOR
DESIGN
DESIGN
MANUAL
MANUAL
 IMPORTANT NOTICES
1. Construction materials as well as the service and
environmental conditions vary on different sites. Therefore
the present condition of the base material and the
suitability must be checked by the user. If the user is in
doubt, he should contact one of Würth’s Representatives.
2. The information and recommendations given in this
Design Manual are based on the principles, formulae
and safety factors defined in approval guidelines,
published research results and Würth’s technical
instructions, the operating manuals, the setting
instructions, the installation manuals and other data
sheets that are believed to be correct at the time of
writing. The data and values are based on the respective
average values obtained from tests under laboratory or
other controlled conditions. It is the users responsibility
to use the data given in the light of conditions on site
and taking into account the intended use of the products
concerned. The user has to check the listed prerequisites
and criteria conform with the conditions actually existing
on the job-site. Whilst Würth can give general guidance
and advice, the nature of Würth products means that the
ultimate responsibility for selecting the right product for a
particular application must lie with the customer.
3. All products must be used, handled and applied
strictly in accordance with all current instructions for use
published by Würth, i.e. technical instructions, operating
manuals, setting instructions, installation manuals and
others.
4. Würth’s aim is to always supply construction
material with a quality and function of the latest state
of technology. We therefore reserve the right to alter
specifications, etc. without notice.
5. The given mean ultimate loads and characteristic data
in the Design Manual reflect actual test results and are
thus valid only for the indicated test conditions.
Due to variations in local base materials, on-site testing is
required to determine performance at any specific site.
6. Würth is not obligated for direct, indirect, incidental
or consequential damages, losses or expenses in
connection with, or by reason of, the use of, or inability
to use the products for any purpose. Implied warranties
of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose are
specifically excluded.
CONTENTS

CONTENTS
Introduction 2

Building site tests 8

Seismic and Accidental Fire Design Situation 12

Post-installed rebar connections 28

Calculation templates 44

Calculation examples 52

Anchor selection 64

Design of anchors 68

1
 INTRODUCTION
Design and Safety Concept
This Design Manual uses the partial factor method
INTRODUCTION
according to the European EN 1990. When using the
partial factor method, it shall be verified that, in all
relevant design situations, no relevant limit state is
exceeded when design values for actions (Sd) or effects
of actions and resistances (Rd) are used in the design
models.
For the selected design situations and the relevant limit
states the individual actions for the critical load cases
should be combined.
Design values should be obtained by using the characte-
ristic, or other representative values, in combination with
partial and other factors (γf , γM) as defined in EN 1991
to EN 1999, the design guides for post-installed anchors
and the relevant approval of the chosen anchor.
The respective approval number is given in the relevant
chapter of the anchor’s design tables. Actual design
guides for post-installed anchors are published in
ETAG001/Annex C, in the Technical Report TR029 and
in EN1992-4. This Design Manual uses a simplification
of those guides to allow manual verifications for
anchorages.
The characteristic values and partial factors of the
anchors are derived by assessments of the results of tests
described in ETAG001. This guideline requires to meet
the respective criteria of its suitability tests and tests for
admissible service conditions.
The American ACI 318 / Appendix D is an equivalent
design guide. Its strength design method requires
service loads or related internal moments and forces to
be increased by specified load factors (required strength
Nua) and computed nominal strengths to be reduced
by specified strength reduction factors (design strength
∅Nn).
2
The assessment criteria for evaluating the nominal
strength and reduction factors are published in AC193
and AC308.
Benefits:
Both
• Europthe European and the American design guides
verify in their safety concept the following modes in
tension:
- steel failure,
- pull-out/pull-through failure or combined pull-out
and concrete cone failure,
- concrete cone failure,
- concrete splitting failure,
and in shear:
- steel failure,
- concrete pry-out failure,
- concrete edge failure.
When both tension and shear are present interaction
effects are also considered.
With above verifications it is sufficiently proven that the
anchorage is able to transmit the acting loads into the
concrete member.
Post-installed anchors do not always substitute e.g.
falsely placed cast-in steel elements for which the load
transmitting concrete member was already structurally
verified. In many cases post-installed anchors are used
to add attachments in order to refurbish even new
construction as well as for repair and strengthening
work. Therefore it is strongly recommended to verify if
the concrete member is able to transmit the additional
concentrated loads.
This Design Manual gives design guide for anchorages
post-installed into a concrete member with a certain
compressive strength. The compressive strength is an
important material property for calculating the load
transmitting capacity. It is e.g. in Europe denoted by
concrete strength classes which relate to the characteri-
stic (5%) cylinder strength fck, or the cube strength fck,cube,
in accordance with EN 206.
Concrete compressive strength and compressive strength classes

Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)

Characteristic compressive

INTRODUCTION
strength of concrete determined
by testing cylinders of 150mm fck [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
diameter by 300mm height at
28days

Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cubes of 150mm side
length at 28days

Specified compressive strength of concrete 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500
(ACI 318)

Specified compressive strength

of concrete f‘c taken from
f‘c [psi] 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500
cylinders 6 by 12 in.
(150x300mm) at 28days

Specified compressive strength

of concrete f‘c taken from
f‘c [N/mm2] 17.24 24.1 31.0 37.9 44.8 51.7
cylinders 6 by 12 in.
(150x300mm) at 28days

Concrete cone failure

e.g. W-FA/S

3
 INTRODUCTION

Geometry of Anchorage Basically the engineer is verifying if the acting tensile

load is smaller than the concrete cone capacity of
In the first instance this topic appears trivial, but at the anchor. From a structural design point of view the
INTRODUCTION

the initial phase of selecting post-installed anchors the
consideration of geometrical constraints is most
important. The thickness of the concrete member in
which the anchor has to be post-installed later decides
how deep the installer can drill a hole into the concrete,
and finally the maximum effective anchorage depth of
the anchor. As the anchor’s pull-out resistance depends
on the effective anchorage depth, the thickness of the
concrete member determines the maximum load which
can be transferred in almost all cases. On the other hand
the projecting length of the anchor has to be selected
in order to cover tolerances of the construction and the
thickness of the attachment itself.
The effective anchorage depth
The effective anchorage depth hef is one of the most
important dimensions as it determines the so-called
concrete capacity of each anchor.
engineer has to mention the anchor’s effective anchorage
depth in his detailed drawings. Only this value
guarantees that suppliers provide anchors with the
Benefits:
respective performance.
• Europ
The diameter of the anchor
The diameter is important for calculating the steel
capacity due to shear loading, but gives also
information on the required diameter d0 of the drill
hole in the concrete member and on the maximum
clearance hole diameter df in the fixtures.
Maximum fixture thickness
Considering the stand-off fixture below, the projecting
length of the anchor rod has to cover the gap between
concrete surface and anchor plate, the thickness of the
anchor plate itself and in addition have to exceed the
anchor plate by the thickness of washer and nut.

hef

Advanced anchors are normally generating concrete

cone failure as this failure is the limit of each post-
installed fastening system. The concrete cone failure
depends besides the compressive strength on the
anchorage depth hef:

t fix

with for cracked concrete and

for verified non-cracked concrete.

4
The maximum fixture thickness t fix which represents the
maximum useful length is difficult to decide during the
designing stage, because the real conditions on building
site differ mostly from the drawings. Most suppliers
provide anchors with a wide range of useful lengths at
same effective anchorage depth. This allows the
installer to select a proper anchor in agreement with
the responsible structural engineer.
The anchor length
The anchor length l depends on the effective anchorage
depth and the useable length. In general the anchor is
longer than the sum of both, because it should consider
additional length for the washer and nut on the one hand.
The anchor should for safety reasons project at least one
pitch of the threaded bolt. On the other hand that part
which exceeds the effective anchorage depth depends
on the manufacturers developing ability to
provide economic fastening systems.
l d) Applicable to injection type anchors: ∆h = 0
The concrete member thickness
and the drill hole depth
The drill hole depth depends on the type of anchor.
Figure below shows the depth of the drill hole h0 in case
of a through fixing. This means that the anchor is installed
through the bracket into the concrete.
The sufficient depth of the drill hole is important to
generate the correct functioning of the anchors in order
to achieve the designed performance on the one hand,
but on the other hand it determines also the minimum
concrete member thickness.
According to guidelines the minimum component
thickness in which anchors are installed is h ≥ 100mm.
INTRODUCTION
If the thickness of the concrete member is smaller than
required above, then the resistance can be reduced
because of a premature splitting failure or a reduction of
the shear resistance for anchorages at the edge.
Furthermore, the minimum values for edge distance and
spacing might not be sufficient because a splitting failure
can occur during installation. Therefore, a smaller
thickness of the concrete member is allowed only if the
above-mentioned effects are taken into account in the
design and installation of the anchorage.
The minimum member thickness depends on application
parameters and it is given by:
The following values given for ∆h are valid for holes
drilled with electrical hammer drilling machines and
diamond core drilling machines:
a) Applicable to all anchor types: ∆h = hef.
b) Applicable to all anchor types: ∆h ≥ 2d0 ≥ 30 mm.
c) ∆h ≥ d0
This may be applied where the remote face of the
concrete member is accessible and can be inspected
to ensure there has been no break-through.
This may be applied where it can be ensured that the
full bonded length, hef, will be achieved, and
compensation shall be made for any potential loss of
bonding material.
h0
5
 INTRODUCTION
The used symbols are listed below:

Symbol Description
SIGNS + SYMBOLS

Calculation with
Design Software possible

Eurpean Technical Approval

Key document for the calculation. It contains design method, details of the anchor specification and perfor-
mance characteristics.

The anchor may also be used under seismic action according to ETA and /or ICC-ESR.

International Code Council

ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) issues evaluation reports, based on the Uniform Building CodeTM and
related codes in the United States of America.

Fire resistance classification

Leed certificated
The system looks at numerous factors that were divided into five categories, which relate to and include the
health of humans and the environment.

VOC Emissions class label

In the context of analyzing the air a group of pollutants is analyzed, which can have serious health effects
on humans. The term VOC (volatile organic compounds) is grouped together, a plurality of volatile organic
compounds.

NSF International
The National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) is a nonprofit organization that ensures the safety of public health
and environmental protection.
� It ensures that the materials and additives used in food, water or air are not harmful to health.

For sprinkler systems

6
7
 BUILDING SITE TESTS
Recommendations for tests to be carried out on construction works – job site tests
Note: This recommendations are valid for anchors with
ETA or ICC approval only. The job site tests are not
considered to be a substitution of the ETAG / AC
procedure for assessing the suitability of fixings in a
BUILDING SITE TEST
particular base material.
Tests in shear are not usually needed as shear
performance is generally limited by the material strength
of either the structure or the anchor. They may be needed
when fixing to low strength masonry.
Tests for anchors on site may be required for two distinct
purposes:
1) To determine the suitability of a fixing and the Recom-
mended Design Resistance of an anchor in the case
where no manufacturer’s data is available for the specific
base material concerned, i.e. where the base material of
the application is within the category of the ETA or ICC,
but does not comply in terms of strength and/or
dimensions.
2) To validate the quality of installation of anchors used
on the job site, i.e. proof tests.
Pull-out tests for determining the
Recommended Design Resistance.
Number of tests
The characteristic resistance to be applied to an anchor
should be determined by means of at least 15 pull-out
tests carried out on the construction work with a centric
tension load acting on the anchor. Execution and
evaluation of the tests as well as issue of the test report
and determination of the characteristic resistance should
be supervised by the person responsible for execution of
works on site and be carried out by a competent person.
Number and position of the anchors to be tested should
be adapted to the relevant special conditions of the
construction work in question and, for example, in the
case of blind and larger areas be increased such that a
reliable information about the characteristic resistance
of the anchor embedded in the base material in question
8
can be derived. The tests should take account of the
unfavourable conditions of practical execution.
Installation of anchor
The anchor to be tested should be installed (e.g.
Benefits:
preparation of drill hole, drilling tool to be used, drill bit,
• Europ
type of drilling hammer or rotation, thickness of fixture)
and as far as spacing and edge distances are concerned
be distributed in the same way as foreseen for the
intended use. Depending on the drilling tool, hard metal
hammer-drill bits or hard metal percussion drill bits,
respectively, according to ISO 5468 should be used.
New drill bits should be used for one test series.
The cleaning process of the drill hole should follow
the manufacturer‘s installation instruction using the
corresponding tools.
Execution of test
The test rig used for the pull-out tests should allow a
continuous slow increase of load recorded by a
calibrated measuring equipment. The load should act
perpendicular to the surface of the base material and
be transmitted to the anchor via a hinge.
The reaction forces should be transmitted to the base
material such that possible breakout of the concrete /
masonry is not restricted. This condition is considered as
fulfilled, if the support reaction forces are transmitted
a) Concrete: at a distance of at least 1.5 x hef from the
anchors.
b) Masonry: either in adjacent masonry units or at a
distance of at least 150mm from the anchors.
The load should be progressively increased so that the
load is achieved after not less than about 1 minute.
Recording of load is carried out when the ultimate load
is achieved.
Evaluation of results of pull-out tests
The characteristic resistance NRk1 is obtained from the
measured values of N1 as follows:
The characteristic resistance NRk1 has to be equal or fb,N is a factor for comparing the results with the same
smaller than the characteristic resistance NRk which is compressive concrete strength.
given in the ETA for similar masonry (bricks or blocks).
N1 = the mean value of the five smallest
measured values at the ultimate load.

BUILDING SITE TEST

NRk,ETA = characteristic resistance NRk given in the
ETA for the same category of masonry. b) Injection anchor for use in masonry:
α = 0.5 for plastic and injection anchor acc. to
ETAG 020 and ETAG 029.
α = 0.75 for mechanical and chemical anchor NRu,m = mean value of the ultimate load of the n tests.
for use in concrete.

If in case of bonded anchors and mechanical anchors
the number of pull-out tests is smaller than 15, the
characteristic values are to be determined as a 5%
fractile:
a) Mechanical and Bonded anchor for use in concrete:
s = coefficient of variation of the ultimate load.
β = is an influencing factor whose values are
given in the approval document.

k = factor

Number of tests n 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
k-factor for calclulating 5%-fractile 3.400 3.092 2.894 2.754 2.650 2.568 2.503 2.448 2.402 2.363 2.329
Note: coefficient of variation s unknown, one-sided confidence level p = 0.9.

9
 BUILDING SITE TESTS
Determination of Recommended Design
Resistance
The Recommended Design Resistance: type of drilling hammer or rotation, thickness of fixture)
BUILDING SITE TEST
γM = material safety factor
The partial safety factors for the resistance of anchors
with approval may be taken
a) Plastic and injection anchors for use in masonry:
γM = 2.5
b) Anchors for use in concrete: the manufacturer‘s installation instruction using the
γM = γM, ETA (1.25 x γM, ETA in case
concrete compressive strength is unknown)
In absence of national regulations the partial safety
factors for the resistance of anchors without any approval
may be taken
a) all base material calibrated measuring equipment. The load should act
γM = 5
Preliminary or Proof tests for validating the
quality of installation of anchors.
Number of tests
The minimum number of fixings to be proof tested should
always be at least 2.5% and at least 3 of the total
number of anchors installed on a job.
The minimum of 3 applies in any discrete area where
different anchors may have been used, the base material
is different, the condition of the base material has been
affected by weather conditions e.g. on a different
elevation or where anchors have been installed by
different installation teams.
The tests are carried out on the construction work with
a centric tension load acting on the anchor. Execution
and evaluation of the tests as well as issue of the test
report should be supervised by the person responsible
for execution of works on site and be carried out by a
competent person.
10
Installation of anchor
The anchor to be tested should be installed (e.g.
preparation of drill hole, drilling tool to be used, drill bit,
and as far as spacing and edge distances are concerned
be distributed in the same way as foreseen for the
Benefits:
intended use.
• Europ on the drilling tool, hard metal hammer-drill
Depending
bits or hard metal percussion drill bits, respectively,
according to ISO 5468 should be used. New drill bits
should be used for one test series.
The cleaning process of the drill hole should follow
corresponding tools.
Execution of test
The test rig used for the pull-out tests should allow a
continuous slow increase of load recorded by a
perpendicular to the surface of the base material and
be transmitted to the anchor via a hinge.
The reaction forces should be transmitted to the base
material such that possible breakout of the concrete /
masonry is not restricted. This condition is considered
as fulfilled, if the support reaction forces are transmitted
a) Concrete: at a distance of at least 1.5 x hef from the
anchors.
b) Masonry: either in adjacent masonry units or at a
distance of at least 150mm from the anchors.
The load should be progressively increased so that the
load is achieved after not less than about 1 minute.
Recording of load is carried out when the ultimate load
is achieved.
Calculation of Proof Load Determination of Recommended Design
a) Injection anchors for use in masonry: Resistance
If the quality of installation is proven and the specification
not reconsidered, the design resistances are calculated
1
with γMp=γM ___
■
with the data given in the relevant approval.
β

In case of Injection anchor for use in masonry, where
β = is an influencing factor whose values are given in

BUILDING SITE TEST

the base material of the application is within the category
the approval document.
of the ETA but does not comply in terms of strength
and/or dimensions the Recommended Design Resistance
b) Anchors for use in concrete:
is evaluated as follows:

γMp = material safety factor in case of pull-out failure

The Recommended Design Resistance:

Acceptance criteria
Anchors can be said to have satisfied a proof test if the
required load is held without movement or any damage
with the characteristic resistance
or deformation occurring to either the fixing or the base
a) Injection anchors for use in masonry:
material. Any anchor suffering movement or damage
should be recorded as a failure. If, in any discreet area,

1 failure is encountered then the reason for failure should
γM = 2.5.
be investigated, the number of anchors tested in that area
should be doubled to 5% and at least 6. If more than
b) Anchors for use in concrete:
one fails then 100% of the anchors should be tested,
the reasons for failure determined and the specification
reconsidered.
γM= γMp acc. to respective ETA

γM = 1.25 γMp acc. to respective ETA.

11
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Seismic and Accidental Fire Design Situation
In recent years people are getting more sensitive to the
topics of fire and earthquake which were causing severe
damages to buildings and an increasing high number of
casualties. Post-installed anchors have to be fit for those
exceptional situations as they are incorporated in the
structural and non-structural elements of a building, and
also used to fix the services and essential lifelines of a
SEISMIC AND FIRE
together in combinations of actions. Depending on its
uses and the form and the location of a building,
the combinations of actions may be based on not more
than two variable actions.
The combination factors ψ are given in Annexes of
EN 1990.

building. Persistent and

Permanent Variable
transient design
action action
In this Design Manual we give information based on the situations
European guidelines. Information based on American favourable γG,j = 1.00 γQ,1 = γQ,j = 0
guidelines would be equivalent. unfavourable γG,j = 1.35 γQ,1 = γQ,j = 1.50

A manufacturer of post-installed anchors is not

responsible for the structural verifications of an
anchorage, but should provide information about the
relevant and related topics to design and establish a
safe anchorage. Therefore and as we consider the topic
about combination of actions important, we start here
with a short brief.
Combinations of actions for accidental design
situations
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations
should either involve an explicit accidental action Ad
(fire or impact), or refer to a situation after an accidental
event (Ad = 0).

.
Design values of actions

The design concept and the required verification Combinations of actions for seismic design
considering a limit state of rupture or excessive situations
deformation based on EN 1990 clause 6.4 was briefly .
explained in our chapter “General”. Here we explain
the combinations of actions as a matter of principle.
It is assumed that the structural engineer is detailing
particular verifications with the relevant National
Standard.

The fundamental combination: Combinations

of actions for persistent or transient design
situations
For each critical load case, the design values of the
effects of actions Sd shall be determined by combining
the values of actions that are considered to occur
simultaneously.

Effects of actions that cannot exist simultaneously due to

physical or functional reasons should not be considered

12
 Combinations of actions for accidental design situations
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations should either involve an explicit accidental action Ad (fire or impact),
or refer to a situation after an accidental event (Ad = 0).

!! = !!! !!,! + !! + !!,! !!,! + !!! !!,! !!,! .

Structural verifications under seismic design situations and design values of the anchor
Combinations of actions for seismic design
accidental situations
design situations
resistances for the respective failure modes
Combinations of actions for accidental design situations should either involve an explicit accidental action Ad (fire or impact),
Anchor = intended
!! refer
or toafter
to a!situation
!!! !,! + !!"
use for
+ an seismic application
!!,! !!,! .event
accidental
!!! (A = 0). will need d
Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes
to be tested as per the new ETAG 001 Annex E. reference tests up to failure at Δw = 0.8mm, tests under
Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes reference tests up to failure at ∆w = 0.8mm , tests und
A precondition
!! = !!! !!,! + for!!qualification
+ !!,! !!,! + in!!!anchor
!!,! !!,!seismic
. pulsating tension load,
load,
Structural verifications under seismic
performance categories C1 and C2 is the complete design situations and design values of the anchor resistances for
the respective
Combinations failureformodes
of actions
assessment according toseismic
ETAGdesign
001 Partsituations
1 to 5 for use
Anchor intended for seismic application will need to be tested as per the new ETAG 001 Annex E. A precondition for
in cracked and non-cracked concrete (option 1 to 6).
qualification
!! = !!! !in !,!anchor
+ !!"seismic
+ !!!performance
!!,! !!,! . categories C1 and C2 is the complete assessment according to ETAG 001 Part !!"# = 0.75
1 to 5 for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete (option 1 to 6). Qualification of anchors for category C2 includes reference tests up to failure at ∆w = 0.8mm , tests unde
Qualification of anchors for category C1 comprises tests

SEISMIC AND FIRE

load,
!!,!,!"# = normaliz
under pulsating
Qualification
Structural tensionforload
of anchors
verifications category
under C1 comprises
seismic designtests under pulsating
situations tension values
and design load of the anchor resistances for capacity for C20/2
the respective failure modes
NN
AnchorNintended for seismic application will need to be tested as per the new ETAG 001 Annex E. A precondition for
Neq eq !!" = 0.5 ∙ !!,!,!"# !!"# = 0.75
qualification in anchor seismic performance categories C1 and C2 is the complete assessment
Qualification according
of anchors to ETAG
for category 001 reference
C2 includes Part tests up to failure at ∆w = 0.8mm , tests unde
NNi !! = 0.375 ∙ !!,!,!"#
1 to 5 for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete (option 1 to 6). load,
tests N != ! =0.750.25load
∙!
i

Nm
under alternating shear N!,!,!"#
max
■

u,m,ref !!,!,!"# = normaliz

N
N = normalized mean tension capacity
Load V/Vmax Crack
for capacity for C20/25
m

Anchor load
Qualification of anchors for category C1 comprises tests under pulsating tension load
u,m,ref
! !,!,!"#
1.0
normalized
=Crack width mean tension width Δw

ncycle
C20/25, Δw = 0.8mm
Displacement assessment
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm
0.8
0.8
10 100 n 0.6 !!"# = 0.75 ∙
N
N N min

min
30 cycle

0.4
!!"# = 0.85
tests under!alternating
= 0.5 ∙ !
N 0.2
eq

0
!"… …
shear load !,!,!"#
! = 0.375 ∙ !
tests under-0.2 ! shear load !,!,!"#
alternating !!,!,!"# normali
!!,!,!"#==normalize
N = N0.5 N
andeqtests under alternating
i

shear load.
u,m,ref
■

! = 0.25 ∙ !
-0.4
! !,!,!"# capacityfor
capacity forC20/25
C20/2
Load V/V-0.6
max Crack
Anchor load
Ni V = 0.375 Vu,m,ref N ■ m -0.8
1.0
Crack width width Δw
-1.0
! = normalized mean tension
Displacement assessment
Nm ±V = 0.25 Vu,m,ref
eq
■ !,!,!"#
0.8
0.8
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm
0.6

NNu,m,ref10 = 30±Vnormalized mean100tension capacity for

min
i
n cycle
0.4
0.2
Time t
!!"# = 0.85

C20/25, ±V Δw = 0.5mm
… …
0
tests under-0.2
alternating shear load
m as well as tests under crack cycling. !!,!,!"# = normaliz
and tests under alternating shear load. ! = 0.5 ∙ !
-0.4
Load V/Vmax !" Anchor load !,!,!"# Crack capacity for C20/25
-0.6
width Δw
and tests under alternating shear load. -0.8
1.0
! = 0.375 ∙ !
! Crack width !,!,!"#
Displacement assessment
V VV 10 30 100 n
-1.0
0.8 !! = 0.25 ∙ !!,!,!"#
min cycle
0.6 0.8
±V
±Veq 0.4
!!"#
eq
Time t !!!==0.85
0.4 ∙∙
! 0.2
= normalized mean shear
!,!,!"#
±V±Vi !!! = 0.5 ∙
… …
0
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm
-0.2 !!,!,!"# = normaliz
V = crack
0.85 Vu,m,ref
i

as well max
as-0.4
tests under
cycling. ■

±V ±Vm -0.6
capacity
!!,!,!"#for=C20/25
normali
V != =normalized
0.5 ∙ !!,!,!"# mean shear capacity for
m

-0.8
u,m,ref !" capacity for C20/2
-1.0
! C20/25,
! = Δw = 0.8mm
0.375 ∙ !!,!,!"#
ncycle !! = 0.25 ∙ !!,!,!"#
VVminmin
10 30 100 n cycle
Time t
!!! = 0.4 ∙ !
as well!!,!,!"#
as tests under crack
= normalized cycling.
mean shear
!!! = 0.5 ∙ !
Design Manual 2 (15) as well as tests under crack cycling. JoB-130605-001
capacity for C20/25, ∆w = 0.5mm !!,!,!"# = normaliz
capacity for C20/25
Design Manual 3 (15)

!!! = 0.4 ∙ !
!!! = 0.5 ∙ !

!!,!,!"# = normaliz
V
eq
=
Design Manual 0.5 Vu,m,ref
■ 2 (15) JoB-130605-001
capacity for C20/25
Vi = 0.375 Vu,m,ref ■
Design Manual 3 (15)

Vm = 0.25 Vu,m,ref ■

Vu,m,ref = normalized mean shear capacity for

C20/25, Δw = 0.5mm Nw1 = 0.4 Nu,m,ref
■

Nw2 =
Design Manual
0.5 Nu,m,ref
■

3 (15)
Nu,m,ref = normalized mean shear capacity for
C20/25, Δw = 0.8mm

13
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Recommended seismic performance anchor capacities in terms of both resistances at ultimate
categories for anchors limit state and displacements at damage limitation
state and ultimate limit state. The following tables relate
The seismic performance of anchors subjected to seismic the seismic performance categories C1 and C2 to the
loading is categorized by the performance categories seismicity level and building importance class. The level
C1 and C2. of seismicity is defined as a function of the product ag S, ■

Seismic performance category C1 provides anchor where ag is the design ground acceleration on Type A
capacities only in terms of resistances at ultimate limit ground and S the soil factor both in accordance with
SEISMIC AND FIRE

state, while seismic performance category C2 provides EN 1998-1.

Connections between structural elements of primary and/or secondary seismic members

Seismicity level a Importance Class acc. to EN 1998-1:2004, 4.2.5

I II I
Class ag,1 Sc I
I I V
■

Very lowb ag,1 S ≤ 0.05g

■
No additional requirement

lowb 0.05g < ag,1 S ≤ 0.10g C1 C2

■

> low ag S > 0.10g C1 C2

■

a The values defining the seismicity levels are may be found in the National Annex of EN 1988-1.
b Definition according to EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1.
c ag = γI k agR desing ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1),
S = soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.2).

Attachments of non-structural elements

Seismicity level a Importance Class acc. to EN 1998-1:2004, 4.2.5

I II I
Class ag Sc I
I I V
■

Very lowb ag S ≤ 0.05g

■
No additional requirement

lowb 0.05g < ag S ≤ 0.10g C1 C1 C2

■

> low ag S > 0.10g

■

C1 C2
a The values defining the seismicity levels are may be found in the National Annex of EN 1988-1.
b Definition according to EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1.
c ag = γI k agR desing ground acceleration on Type A ground (EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.1),
S = soil factor (see e.g. EN 1998-1:2004, 3.2.2).

Importance class Buildings

IV Buildings whose integritiy during earthquakes is of vital importanve for civil protection, e.g. hospitals, fire
stations, power plants, etc.

III Buildings whose seismic restistance is of importance in view of the consequences associtaed with a
collapse, e.g. schools, assembly halls, cultural institutions, etc.

II Ordinary buildings, not belonging to other categories

I Buildings of minor importane for public safety, e.g. agricultural buildings, etc.

14
 plastic hinge in the fixture (Figure 2) requires to take into account specific aspects including e.g. the
loads to the individual anchors of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the structure and the low
behaviour of the fixture.

Design options and criteria

In the
in the fixture design 2)
(Figure of fastenings
requires one of theinto
to take following options
account
specific aspects including e.g. the redistribution of
a1), a2) or b) shall be satisfied: Fig. 2: Yielding in
individual anchors of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the
structure and the low cycle fatigue
baseplate
the fixture.a) Design without requirements on the ductility of the
anchors.
It shall beFig.1:
assumed that anchors
Yielding are non-dissipative
in attached element Fig.2: Yielding in baseplate Fig.3: Capacity of
elements element
and they are not able to dissipate energy by
means of ductile hysteretic behaviour and that they do

SEISMIC AND FIRE

not contribute to the overall ductile behaviour of the
structure. Fig. 3: Capacity
a2) Elastic design: the fastening is designed for the maximum load obtained from the design loa
of attached element
a1) Capacity that include
design: theseismic
anchor oractions
group ofAanchors
E,d corresponding to the ultimate limit state (EN 1998-1) assuming an e

is designed forof the

themaximum
fastening andand/or
tension of theshear
structure.
load Furthermore uncertainties in the model to derive seismic actions
attached element
that can be transmitted toFig.2: Yieldingbased
the fastening in baseplate
on either Fig.3: Capacity of attached
fastening shall be taken into account.
the development of a ductile yield mechanism in the a2) Elastic design: the fastening is designed for
fixture or the The action
attached effects
element forinto
taking connections
account strain betweenthestructural
maximumelements
load obtained of primary and/or
from the design secondary
load combi- seismic
hardening and bematerial
derived accordingorto
over-strength theEN 1998-1
capacity of with nations
a behaviour factor
that include q = actions
seismic 1.0. AE,d corresponding
design: the fastening
a non-yielding
Foris and
designed
attached for the of
element.
attachments
For maximum
both connections
non-structuralload obtained
elementsfrom
to the the design
ultimate
the action
limit state
effectsload
(EN combinations
1998-1)
shall
assuming an elastic
be derived with a behaviour f
between structural elements of primary and/or secon- behaviour of the fastening and of the structure.
seismic actions AE,d corresponding to the ultimate limit state (EN 1998-1) assuming an elastic behaviour
dary seismic for the attached
members and attachmentselement. of non-structural Furthermore uncertainties in the model to derive seismic
ing and of elements,
the structure. Furthermore
theIffastening
action effects
is designed uncertainties
areforderived ininaccordance
the maximum the model to derive
with
actions the seismic
simplified
on the actions
fastening approach
shall be ontaken
thegiven in EN 1998-1:2004,
into account.
all be takenloadintothat
account.
can be transmitted to the fastening based either The action effects for connections between structural
types with a behaviour factor qa = 1.0 shall be multiplied by an amplification factor equal to 1.5. If
on the development of a ductile yield mechanism in the elements of primary and/or secondary seismic members
ffects for connections effects
between arestructural
derived elements
from of primary
precise and/or secondary seismic members may shall
attached steel component (see Figure 1) orainmore
the steel model this
shall be further
derived amplification
according to EN 1998-1 be
withomitted.
a
according tobase ENplate
1998-1 In the
(see with
Figure a
design behaviour
2) takingof into factor
fastenings q = 1.0.
for non-structural
account material elements
behaviour subjected
factor q = 1.0. to seismic actions, any beneficial ef
chments of over-strength
non-structural effects, or on thethe
elements capacity
action ofeffects
a non-yielding
shall be For andwith
derived attachments
a of non-structural
behaviour factor qaelements
= 1.0 the action
due to gravity loads should be ignored.
attached component or structural element (see Figure 3). effects shall be derived with a behaviour factor qa = 1.0
hed element. Thein
The assumption
plastic hinge ofhorizontal
a plastic
the fixturehingeeffects
in the of
(Figure 2)the
fixture seismic2)
(Figure
requires toaction
take forofthe
into non-structural
attachedspecific
account elements
element. aspects areincluding
determinede.g.according to E
the redistributi
cts are derived in to
requires accordance
take EN withspecific
into account the simplified approach given
aspects including in ENeffects
If action 1998-1:2004,
are derived in4.3.5, thosewith the
accordance
loads to theofindividual 1998-1. anchors of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the structure and the low cycle fatig
e.g. the redistribution of loads to the individual anchors simplified
behaviour factor qa = 1.0 shall be multiplied by an amplification factor equal to 1.5. If the action approach given in EN 1998-1:2004, 4.3.5,
behaviour of the fixture.
of a group, the redistribution of the loads in the structure those types with a behaviour factor qa = 1.0 shall be
erived from a more precise model this further amplification may be omitted. !! ∙ !! ∙ !!
and the low cycle fatigue behaviour of the fixture. multiplied!by= an amplification factor equal to 1.5. If the
!
of fastenings for non-structural elements subjected to seismic actions, any beneficial
action effects !! effects
are derived of friction
from a more precise model
y loads should be ignored. this further amplification may be omitted.
In the design of fastenings for non-structural elements
al effects of the seismic Fa action ofhorizontal
non-structuralseismicelements
force, acting are at
determined
the centre of according
mass of the to non-structural
Equation (4.24) element in the most unfav
subjected to seismic actions, any beneficial effects of
-1. direction, friction due to gravity loads should be ignored.
Wa weight Fig.of1:the
Yielding in
element, The horizontal effects of the seismic action of
attached!element non-structural elements are determined according
Sa seismic !∙! ! ∙ !! to non-structural elements,
!!coefficient
= pertinent to Equation (4.24) of EN 1998-1.
element factor!of
Fig.1: Yielding γin attachedimportance !
the Fig.2: Yielding in baseplate
element. Fig.3: Capacity of attached
element
a

For the following non-structural elements the importance factor γ shall not be chosen less than 1,5
a

rizontal seismic force, acting at the- centre

Anchorage of machinery
of mass and equipment
of the non-structural elementrequired for life
in the most safety systems.
unfavourable
ection, - Tanks and vessels containing toxic or explosive substances considered to be hazardous to the sa
a2) Elastic design:general the fastening
public. is designed for the maximum load obtained from the design load combina
eight of the element,
that include seismic actions AE,d cases
In all other corresponding to the
the importance ultimate
factor γ of alimit state (EN element
non-structural
a
1998-1)may assuming an elastic
be assumed γ = 15beha
1.0. a

smic coefficient pertinent to non-structural elements,

 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
The seismic coefficient may be calculated as follows:

Fa horizontal seismic force, acting at the centre of

mass of the non-structural element in the most
unfavourable direction, α ratio of the design ground acceleration on type A
Wa weight of the element, ground, ag, to the acceleration of gravity g,
Sa seismic coefficient pertinent to non-structural S soil factor,
elements, A a Amplification factor
SEISMIC AND FIRE

γa importance factor of the element.

For the following non-structural elements the
importance factor γa shall not be chosen less
than 1,5:
- Anchorage of machinery and equipment required
for life safety systems.
- Tanks and vessels containing toxic or explosive
substances considered to be hazardous to the
safety of the general public.
In all other cases the importance factor γa of a
non-structural element may be assumed γa = 1.0.
qa behaviour factor of the element
or taken from Table below if one of the
fundamental vibration periods is not known,
Ta fundamental vibration period of the non-structural
element,
T1 fundamental vibration period of the building
in the relevant direction,
z height of the non-structural element above the level
of application of the seismic action,
H height of the building from the foundation or from
the top of a rigid basement.

The behaviour factor qa and seismic amplification factor Aa may be taken from the following table

Type of non-structural element q A

Cantileverina parapets or ornamentations 3.0

Signs and billboards 3.0
Chimneys, masts and tanks on legs acting as unbraced cantielvers along more 1.0
3.0
than one half of their total height
Harardous material storage, hazardous fluid piping 3.0
Exterior and interior walls 1.5
Partitions and facades 1.5
Chimneys, masts and tanks on legs acting as unbraced cantilevers along less than
one half of their total height, or braced or guyed to the structure at or above their 1.5
centre of mass
Elevators 1.5
Computer access floors, electrical and communication equipment 3.0
2.0
Conveyors 3.0
Anchorage elements for permanent cabinets and book stacks supported by the
1.5
floor
Anchorage elements for false (suspended) ceilings and light fixtures 1.5
High pressure piping, fire suppression piping 3.0
Fluid piping for non-hazardous materials 3.0
Computer, communication and storage racks 3.0

16
 behaviour of the anchor is provided by an ETA. This approach is applicable onl
acting on the anchor.
Note: Option b) may not be suitable for the fastening of primary seismic membe
non-recoverable displacements of the anchor that may be expected. It is recomm
secondary seismic members. Furthermore, unless shear loads acting on the faste
additional anchors should be provided and designed in accordance with option
• Only valid for anchor of seismic category C2,
b) Design with requirements on the ductility of the Vertical effects
• Anchor needs to comply with a list of requirements that to ensure ductili
anchors. For the design of the anchors in connections between
• Recommended for secondary seismic members and non-structural attac
The anchor or group of anchors is designed for the structural elements of primary and/or secondary seismic
seismic members (considering possibly large non-recoverable displacem
design actions including the seismic actions AE,d members the vertical component of the seismic action
• In order to ensure the steel failure, additional checks must be done (com
corresponding to the ultimate limit state (EN 1998-1). shall beresistance).
taken into account according to EN 1998-1,
The tension steel capacity of the fastening shall be Section 4.3.3.5.2 (2) to (4) if the vertical design ground
smaller than the tension capacity governed by concrete acceleration
Vertical effects avg is greater than 2.5 m/s .
2

related failure modes. Sufficient elongation capacity Thethevertical

For design of effects of the in
the anchors seismic actionbetween
connections F Va for non-
structural elements of prim
of the anchors is required. The fastening shall not be structural
vertical elements
component may
of the be neglected
seismic action shallfor
bethe
takenanchor
into account according to
accounted for energy dissipation in the global structural when the ratio of the vertical component of the
the vertical design ground acceleration a is greater than 2.5 m/s .design

SEISMIC AND FIRE

2
vg

analysis or in the analysis of a non-structural element ground

The verticalacceleration
effects of the aseismic
vg
to the acceleration
action of gravityelements
F for non-structural
Va
g may be ne
unless proper justification is provided by a non-linear is less than 0.25 and the gravity loads are transferred
vertical component of the design ground acceleration a to the acceleration of g
vg

time history (dynamic) analysis (according to EN 1998-1) through

loads direct bearing
are transferred throughof direct
the fixture onofthe
bearing thestructure.
fixture on the structure.
and the hysteretic behaviour of the anchor is provided by 1 inc
an ETA. This approach is applicable only for the tension 2 ne
component of the load acting on the anchor. 3 gr
Note: Option b) may not be suitable for the fastening 4 flo
of primary seismic members (EN 1998-1) due to the 5 wa
possible large non-recoverable displacements of the x ho
anchor that may be expected. It is recommended to use z ve
option b) for the fastening of secondary seismic mem-
bers. Furthermore, unless shear loads acting on
the fastening are resisted by additional means, additional 1 include F Va
anchors should be provided and designed in accordance Resistances
2 neglect and
F Va required
if avg/g ≤ verifications
0.25
with option a1) or a2). General provisions:
3 gravity force
• Only valid for anchor of seismic category C2, 4 • Limited to the anchor configurations from ETAG Annex C and TR029.
floor
• Anchor needs to comply with a list of requirements 5 • Stand-off installations (grouted or not) are out of scope.
wall
that to ensure ductility (e.g. stretch length of 8d), x • Only anchors
horizontal qualified by ETAG Annex E can be used for seismic.
direction
• Recommended for secondary seismic members and z vertical direction
Design Manual 9 (15)
non-structural attachments, may not be suitable for
primary seismic members (considering possibly large
non-recoverable displacements of the anchor),
• In order to ensure the steel failure, additional checks
must be done (comparison between the concrete and
steel resistance).

17
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Resistances and required verifications considered to act simultaneously if no other more
General provisions: accurate model is used for the estimation of the
• Limited to the anchor configurations from ETAG Annex probable simultaneous value of each action effect,
C and TR029. • An annular gap between an anchor and its fixture
• Stand-off installations (grouted or not) are out of scope. should be avoided in seismic design situations. For
• Only anchors qualified by ETAG Annex E can be used fastenings of non-structural elements in minor
for seismic. non-critical applications an annular gap (diameter
• If the seismic contribution to the design load df) of the clearance hole in the fixture not larger than
the value given in ETAG 001; Annex C is allowed.
SEISMIC AND FIRE

combination is ≤ 20% no explicit seismic design is

needed. However, a seismic approved anchor is still
required.
• Cracked concrete must be considered unless proven
otherwise.
• The maximum value of each action effect (tension and
shear component of forces for an anchor) shall be
The effect of the annular gap on the behaviour of
fastenings shall be taken into account,
• Loosening of the nut or screw shall be prevented by
appropriate measures.

Required verifications

Anchor group
Failure mode Single anchor
most loaded anchor group
Steel failure NSd,seis ≤ NRd,s,seis NSd,seis
h
≤ NRd,s,seis
h

Pull-out failure NSd,seis ≤ NRd,p,seis NSd,seis

h
≤ NRd,p,seis
h
Tension

Combined pull-out and concrete failure1) NSd,seis ≤ NRd,p,seis NgSd,seis ≤ NgRd,p,seis

Concrete cone failure NSd,seis ≤ NRd,c,seis NgSd,seis ≤ NgRd,c,seis

Splitting 3) NSd,seis ≤ NRd,sp,seis NgSd,seis ≤ NgRd,sp,seis

Steel failure, shear load without lever arm2) VSd,seis ≤ VRd,s,seis VSd,seis
h
≤ VRd,s,seis
h
Shear

Concrete pry-out failure VSd,seis ≤ VRd,cp,seis VgSd,seis ≤ VgRd,cp,seis

Concrete edge failure VSd,seis ≤ VRd,c,seis VgSd,seis ≤ VgRd,c,seis

1)
Verificaton for bonded anchors only.
2)
Steel failure for shear loads with lever arm is not covered.
3)
Verification is not required if cracked concrete is assumed and reinforcement resists the splitting forces.

18
Design Resistance
The seismic design resistance Rd,seis (NRd,seis, VRd,seis) of a
fastening is given by:
The characteristic seismic resistance Rk,seis (NRk,seis, VRk,seis)
of a fastening shall be calculated for each failure mode
Note: The forces on the anchors are amplified in
presence an annular gap under shear loading
due to a hammer effect on the anchor. For
reasons of simplicity this effect is considered only
in the resistance of the fastening. In absence of
information in the ETA the following values
αgap may be used. These values are based on a
limited number of tests.

where αgap = 1.0 in case of no hole clearance between anchor

SEISMIC AND FIRE

αgap = reduction factor to take into account inertia and fixture;
effects due to an annular gap between anchor = 0.5 in case of connections with hole clearance
and fixture in case of shear loading; given in the according to the following table
relevant ETA;

External diameter d or dnom1) [mm] 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30

Diameter df of clearance hole
[mm] 7 9 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 33
in fixture
1)
diameter d if bolt bears against fixture; diameter dnom if sleeve bears against the fixture

aseis = reduction factor to take into account the influence of large cracks and scatter of load displacement curves,
see the following table

Loading Failure mode Single anchor1) Anchor group

Steel failure 1.00 1.00

Pull-out failure 1.00 0.85

Combined pull-out and concrete failure 1.00 0.85

Tension

Concrete cone failure

• undercut anchors with the same behaviour as cast-in
1.00 0.85
headed fasteners
0.85 0.75
• all other anchors

Splitting failure 1.00 0.85

Steel failure 1.00 0.85

Concrete edge failure 1.00 0.85

Shear

Concrete pry-out failure

• undercut anchors with the same behaviour as cast-in
1.00 0.85
headed fasteners
0.85 0.75
• all other anchors
1)
In case of tension laoding single anchor also addresses situations where only one anchor in a group of anchors is subjected
to tension.

19
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
R0k,seis = basic characteristic seismic resistance for a given failure mode determined as follows:

Failure mode ETA values Calculated value as per

(C1 or C2) ETAG 001 Annex C and TR029
Steel failure N0Rk,s,seis | γMs,seis
Pull-out failure N0Rk,p,seis | γMp,seis
Tension

Combined pull-out and concrete failure τ0Rk,seis | γMp,seis

SEISMIC AND FIRE

Concrete cone failure γMc,seis N0Rk,c

Splitting γMsp,seis N0Rk,sp
Steel failure, shear load without lever arm V0Rk,s,seis | γMs,seis
Shear

Concrete pry-out failure γMc,seis V0Rk,cp

Concrete edge failure γMc,seis V0Rk,c

Displacements
The anchor displacement under tensile and shear load at
damage limitation state (DLS) shall be limited to a value
δN,req(DLS) and δV,req(DLS) to meet requirements regarding If fastenings and attached elements shall be operational
e.g. functionality and assumed support conditions. These after an earthquake the relevant displacements have to
values shall be selected based on the requirements of the be taken into account.
specific application. When assuming a rigid support in
the analysis the designer shall establish the limiting Combined Tension and Shear
displacement compatible to the requirement for the
structural behaviour.
Note: In a number of cases, the acceptable
displacement associated to a rigid support
condition is considered to be in the range of 3 mm.
If deformations (displacements or rotations) are relevant
for the design of the connection (such as, for example,
on secondary seismic members or façade elements) it
shall be demonstrated that these deformations can be
accommodated by the anchors.
If the anchor displacements δN,Seis(DLS) under tension with and , where the largest ratios
loading and/or δV,Seis(DLS) under shear loading provided and shall be inserted.
in the relevant ETA (for anchors qualified for seismic
performance category C2) are higher than the
corresponding required values δN,req(DLS) and/or δV,req(DLS),
the design resistance may be reduced according to
Equations (5.11) and (5.12) to meet the required
displacement limits.

20
 Seismic action for Seismic action for
performance performance
category accor- category accor- Authority / No. /
Anchor type Size
ding to EC 8 ding to ICC-ESR date of issue
C1 C2 A, B C-F
M12 3
M16 3 DIBT
M20 3 ETA-09/0040 /
M24 3 2013-06-14
M27 3
M30 3
WIT-PE500 M ⅜
₁⁄₂ 3 3

SEISMIC AND FIRE

⅝ 3 3 ICC
₃⁄₄ 3 3 ESR-2538 /
⅞ 3 3 2012-05-01
1 3 3
1 ₁⁄₄ 3 3
∅12 3
∅14 3
∅16 3 DIBT
∅20 3 ETA-09/0040 /
∅25 3 2013-06-14
∅28 3
∅32 3
PE500 R #3
#4 3 3
#5 3 3 ICC
#6 3 3
ESR-2538 /
#7 3 3
#8 3 3 2012-05-01
#9 3 3
# 10 3 3
M8
M10
M12 3 DIBt
VM250 M M16 3 ETA-12/0164 /
M20 3 2013-06-20
M24 3
M30 3
∅8
∅10
∅12 3
∅14 3 DIBt
VM250 R ∅16 3 ETA-12/0164 /
∅20 3 2013-06-20
∅25 3
∅28 3
∅32 3
M8
M10 3 DIBt
M12 3
W-VIZ ETA-04/0095 /
M16 3
M20 2013-06-13
M24
10/M6
12/M8 DIBt
15/M10 ETA-02/0031 /
W-HAZ/S 18/M12 2103-03-26
24/M16 3 3 ICC
24/M16L 3 ESR-3173 / 2013-11-01
28/M20 3 3
12/M8 3 DIBt
15/M10 3
W-HAZ/A4 ETA-02/0031 /
18/M12 3
24/M16 3 2013-03-26

21
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Structural verifications under fire exposure and design values of the anchor resistances for the
respective failure modes

In general, the duration of the fire resistance of
anchorages depends mainly on the configuration of
the structure itself (base materials, anchorage including
the fixture). It is not possible to classify an anchor for
its fire resistance. This evaluation concept includes the
behaviour of the anchorage in concrete and the parts
SEISMIC AND FIRE
investigations are given. The duration of fire resistance
of the anchor can be determined from the results.
A combination of the design concepts is possible. For
example: the duration of the fire resistance for individual
failure modes (e.g. steel failure) can be determined
by tests and for other failure modes (e.g. pull-out and

outside the concrete. The influence of the fixation is concrete failure) the limit values can be determined using
considered unfavourable. the simplified design method.

The following information is for anchorages in normal Simplified

Experimental
weight concrete with a compressive strength of at least Design
Determination
Concept
C 20/25 and at most C 50/60 used for normal structures
under fire exposure. The determination of the duration Metal anchors ✔ ✔
of the fire resistance is according to the conditions given Bonded evaluation only
in EN 1363-1 using the „Standard Temperature/ anchors for steel failure special
Time Curve“ (STC). This evaluation can be used as a (special experimental
basis for including a fire resistance class in European experimental determination
determination)
Technical Approvals (ETA) for metal anchors for use in
concrete. Bonded ✔ (Pull-out
expansion
The base material (reinforced concrete), in which the failure
and bonded ✔
anchor shall be anchored, shall have at least the same experimental
undercut
duration of fire resistance as the anchorage itself. anchors determination)

Local spalling is possible at fire attack. To avoid any ✔ (Pull-out

influence of the spalling on the anchorage, the concrete failure
Plastic an- ✔
member must be designed according to EN 1992-1-2. chors experimental
The members shall be made of concrete with quartzite determination)
additives and have to be protected from direct moisture;
and the moisture content of the concrete has to be like in It can be assumed that for fastening of facade systems
dry internal conditions respectively. The anchorage depth the load bearing behaviour of the specific screwed in
has to be increased for wet concrete by at least 30 mm plastic anchor with a diameter 10mm and a metal screw
compared to the given value in the approval. with a diameter 7mm and a hef of 50mm and a plastic
sleeve made of polyamide PA6 has a sufficient resistance
Design concepts to fire at least 90minutes (R90) if the admissible load
When using the Simplified design concept for all (no permanent centric tension load) is ≤ 0.8kN.
load directions and failure modes the limit values must
be observed (characteristic resistance in ultimate limit
state under fire exposure FRk,fi(t)), which were developed
by general test series and are on the save side. Tests with
fire exposure are not necessary when using the simplified
design concept.
When using the Experimental determination
for all load directions and failure modes the required

22
General provisions:
• Valid for anchors with an European Technical
Approval (ETA), which can be used in cracked
and non-cracked concrete,
• The determination covers anchors with a fire attack
from one side only. If the fire attack is from more than
one side, the design method may be taken only, if the
edge distance of the anchor is c ≥ 300mm and
≥ 2 hef,
• The determination is valid for unprotected anchors,
• The characteristic spacing and edge distance for
anchorages near the edge under fire exposure are
taken as follows scr,N = 2ccr,N = 4hef,
• γM,fi = 1.0 or given in relevant ETA,
• NRk,p, N0Rk,c, V0Rk,c characteristic resistances of
a single anchor in cracked concrete C20/25 for
concrete cone failure under normal temperature.

SEISMIC AND FIRE

Failure mode Simplified Design Concept Experimantal Determination

Steel failure NRk,s,fi(t) = As σRk,s,fi(t)

■

given in ETA

NRk,p,fi(90) = 0.25 NRk,p ■

Pull-out failure given in ETA

NRk,p,fi(120) = 0.2 ■
NRk,p
Tension

hef hef
N0Rk,c,fi(90) = ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c N0Rk,c,fi(90) = ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c
200 200
Concrete cone failure
hef hef
N0Rk,c,fi(120) = 0.8 ■ ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c N0Rk,c,fi(120) = 0.8 ■ ■
N0Rk,c ≤ N0Rk,c
200 200
Splitting not required not required

Steel failure, shear load without lever arm VRk,s,fi(t) = 0.5 As σRk,s,fi(t)
■ ■
given in ETA

Steel failure, shear load with lever arm M0RK,s,fi(t) = 1.2 Wel σRk,s,fi(t)
■ ■
given in ETA
Shear

Concrete pry-out failure V0Rk,cp,fi(t) = k N0Rk,c,fi(t)

■
V0Rk,cp,fi(t) = k N0Rk,c,fi(t)
■

V0Rk,cp,fi(90) = 0.25 V0Rk,c ■

V0Rk,cp,fi(90) = 0.25 V0Rk,c ■

Concrete edge failure

V0Rk,cp,fi(120) = 0.2 V0Rk,c ■
V0Rk,cp,fi(120) = 0.2 V0Rk,c■

23
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES
Characteristic tension strength of an unprotected anchor made of C-steel in case of fire exposure in the time up to

Anchor bolt / Anchorage

Tension strength
thread diameter depth

hef σRk,s,fi(t)

mm mm N/mm2
30min 60min
90min 120min
SEISMIC AND FIRE

(R15 to R30) (R45 and R60)

∅ 6 / M6 ≥ 30 10 9 7 5
∅ 8 / M8 ≥ 30 10 9 7 5
∅ 10 / M10 ≥ 40 15 13 10 8
≥ ∅ 12 / M12 ≥ 50 20 15 12 10

Characteristic tension strength of an unprotected anchor made of stainless steel in case of fire exposure in the time up to

Anchor bolt / Anchorage

Tension strength
thread diameter depth

hef σRk,s,fi(t)

mm mm N/mm2
30min 60min
90min 120min
(R15 to R30) (R45 and R60)
∅ 6 / M6 ≥ 30 10 9 7 5
∅ 8 / M8 ≥ 30 20 16 12 10
∅ 10 / M10 ≥ 40 25 20 16 14
≥ ∅ 12 / M12 ≥ 50 30 25 20 16

24
 effective
ancho- Max. tensile loading (kN)
Anchor type Size rage for specified fire resistance time Authority / No.
depth
(mm) R30 R60 R90 R120 R180 R240
M8 80 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.2
M10 90 3.2 1.8 1.1 0.8
M12 110 4.2 2.3 1.4 0.9
M16 125 8.3 5.3 3.8 3.0 IBMB Braunschweig
WIT-PE500 M 3302/252/
M20 170 17.3 10.2 6.7 5.0 08/N13
M24 210 24.9 14.8 9.7 7.2

SEISMIC AND FIRE

M27 250 32.3 19.1 12.6 9.3
M30 280 39.5 23.4 15.4 11.4
∅8 80 3.4 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.3
∅10 100 8.5 2.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.7 CSTB
Report No.
∅12 120 16.8 5.8 3.0 2.2 1.6 1.5
26034149
∅14 140 29.0 11.7 6.0 4.4 2.8 2.6
PE500 R
∅16 160 44.9 20.2 10.9 7.9 5.1 4.3 For other effective anchorage
depth and higher max. tensile
∅20 200 87.2 45.3 29.0 21.3 13.1 10.5
loads for specified fire resistance
∅25 250 158.1 100.4 67.0 54.5 36.1 27.8 time see test report.
∅32 320 259.0 223.5 160.7 129.0 98.8 82
M8 ≤1.6 ≤1.1 ≤0.5 ≤0.3
M10 ≤2.6 ≤1.8 ≤0.9 ≤0.5
M12 ≤3.4 ≤2.6 ≤1.8 ≤1.4
IBMB Braunschweig
VM250 M M16 ≤6.3 ≤4.8 ≤3.4 ≤2.7
3058/042/12 - NB
M20 ≤9.8 ≤7.5 ≤5.3 ≤4.2
M24 ≤14.0 ≤10.8 ≤7.6 ≤6.0
M30 ≤18.3 ≤14.1 ≤9.9 ≤7.9
∅8 80 1.6 0.4 0.1 --- ---
∅10 100 5.0 1.3 0.5 0.2 --- IBMB Braunschweig
3371/436/09 - CM
∅12 120 11.4 3.3 1.5 0.8 0.2
VM250 R ∅14 140 19.7 7.1 3.5 2.0 0.6 For other effective anchorage
depth and higher max. tensile
∅16 160 29.8 14.7 7.8 4.5 1.4
loads for specified fire resistance
∅20 200 55.2 36.5 27.0 18.5 5.9 time see test report.
∅25 250 97.3 73.9 62.0 51.4 28.2
M8 ≥50 ≤3.0 ≤0.3 --- ---
M10 ≥ 60 ≤7.0 ≤0.9 ≤0.3 ---
M12 ≥ 80 ≤10.0 ≤2.8 ≤1.3 ≤0.8 IBMB Braunschweig
W-VIZ
M16 ≥ 125 ≤12.0 ≤6.3 ≤4.4 ≤3.4 3714/0105 - CM
M20 ≥ 170 ≤18.7 ≤9.9 ≤6.9 ≤5.3
M24 ≥ 200 ≤ 27.0 ≤14.3 ≤9.9 ≤7.6
M8 ≤2.3 ≤1.3 ≤0.8 ≤0.5
M10 ≤3.6 ≤2.0 ≤1.3 ≤1.0
M12 ≤5.3 ≤3.1 ≤2.0 ≤1.5 IBMB Braunschweig
W-VD
M16 ≤9.8 ≤5.7 ≤3.7 ≤2.7 3333/273/08 - NB
M20 ≤15.3 ≤8.9 ≤5.8 ≤4.2
M24 ≤22.0 ≤12.9 ≤8.3 ≤6.0

25
 EXCEPTIONAL LOAD CASES

effective Max. tensile loading (kN)

Anchor type Size anchorage for specified fire resistance time Authority / No.
depth (mm)
R30 R60 R90 R120 R180 R240
M8 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.7
M10 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.2
DIBt Berlin
M12 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.2 ETA-99/0011
W-FAZ/S M16 6.0 5.2 4.4 4.0
SEISMIC AND FIRE

M20 9.4 8.2 6.9 6.3 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
M24 13.6 11.8 10.0 9.1
M27 17.6 15.3 13.0 11.8
M8 3.80 2.90 2.00 1.60
M10 6.90 5.20 3.50 2.70 DIBt Berlin
M12 11.50 8.60 5.60 4.20 ETA-99/0011
W-FAZ/A4
W-FAZ/HCR M16 21.50 16.00 10.50 7.80 Data valid for steel failure, for
M20 33.50 25.00 16.40 12.10 other failure modes see approval.
M24 48.20 35.90 23.60 17.40
10/M6 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40
12/M8 1.90 1.50 1.00 0.80
DIBt Berlin
15/M10 4.30 3.20 2.10 1.50 ETA-02/0031
W-HAZ/S 18/M12 6.30 4.60 3.00 2.00
24/M16 11.60 8.60 5.00 3.10 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
24/M16L 11.60 8.60 5.00 3.10
28/M20 18.30 13.50 7.70 4.90
12/M8 6.10 4.40 2.60 1.80
DIBt Berlin
15/M10 10.20 7.30 4.30 2.80 ETA-02/ 0031
W-HAZ/A4
18/M12 15.70 11.10 6.40 4.10 Data valid for steel failure, for
other failure modes see approval.
24/M16 29.20 20.60 12.00 7.70
∅7.5 1.70 1.20 0.80 0.60
∅10 3.40 2.50 1.70 1.20 DIBt Berlin
ETA-05/0012
W-SA/S ∅12 5.90 4.40 3.00 2.20
Data valid for steel failure, for
∅14 8.30 6.30 4.20 3.10 other failure modes see approval.
∅16 10.80 8.10 5.40 4.10
∅7.5 1.70 1.20 0.80 0.60 DIBt Berlin
ETA-06/0277
W-SA/A4 ∅10 3.40 2.50 1.70 1.20
Data valid for steel failure, for
∅12 5.90 4.40 3.00 2.20 other failure modes see approval.
M6/40 ≤0.90 ≤0.50 ≤0.30 ≤0.25
M8 ≤1.40 ≤0.80 ≤0.50 ≤0.40 IBMB Braunschweig
20544/2012
M10 ≤2.20 ≤1.20 ≤0.80 ≤0.60
W-FA/S
M12 ≤3.20 ≤1.80 ≤1.20 ≤0.90 Data valid for steel failure, for
M16 ≤6.00 ≤3.40 ≤2.20 ≤1.70 other failure modes see approval.

M20 ≤10.00 ≤5.25 ≤3.60 ≤2.75

M6/40 ≤0.90 ≤0.50 ≤0.30 ≤0.25
M8 ≤2.30 ≤1.70 ≤1.40 ≤1.30 IBMB Braunschweig
20544/2012
W-FA/A4 M10 ≤3.60 ≤2.60 ≤2.20 ≤2.00
W-FA/HCR M12 ≤5.20 ≤3.80 ≤3.20 ≤2.90 Data valid for steel failure, for
M16 ≤9.70 ≤7.00 ≤6.00 ≤5.40 other failure modes see approval.

M20 ≤15.00 ≤10.20 ≤8.20 ≤7.00

26
27
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Rebar used as Anchor versus Post-installed Rebar Connections
Rebar used as Anchor
Situations where the concrete needs to take up tensile
load from the anchorage or where reinforcing bars are
designed to carry shear loads should be considered
as “rebar used as anchors” and designed according
to anchor design method such as given e.g. in the
guidelines of EOTA and ACI or simplified in this Design
Manual. Those guidelines verify all possible failure loads
in tension and shear.
POST -INSTALLED REBAR
and a subsequent assessment (EOTA-Technical Report
TR 023) it is proven that the load transfer for post-
installed reinforcing bars is similar to cast in bars if the
stiffness of the overall load transfer mechanism is similar
to the cast-in system. The efficiency depends on the
Benefits:
strength of the adhesive mortar against the concentrated
• Europ
load close to the ribs and on the capacity of load transfer
at the interface of the drilled hole.
In many cases the bond values of post-installed bars are
higher compared to cast in bars due to better

Post-installed Rebar Connection performance of the adhesive mortar. But for small edge
The design of the rebar anchorage is performed distance and/or narrow spacing, splitting or spalling
according to structural concrete design codes, e.g. forces become decisive due to the low tensile capacity
EN 1992-1-1 or ACI 318. With a given test regime of the concrete.

Rebar used as Anchor Post-installed Rebar Connection

Failure modes in tension
Steel failure of fastener
Pull-out failure of fastener
Combined pull-out and
concrete failure
Concrete cone failure
Splitting failure
Tab. 1: Comparison of potential failure modes.
Failure modes in shear Failure modes in tension Failure modes in shear
Steel failure of fastener without Steel failure of reinforcing bar
lever arm
Steel failure of fastener Bond failure
with lever arm
Concrete pry-out failure Splitting failure
Concrete edge failure

Post-installed rebar anchorage – The assessment criteria of EOTA-Technical Report TR 023

The guideline specifies a number of tests in order to
qualify products for post-installed rebar applications.
These are the performance areas checked by the tests:
1. Bond strength in different strengths of concrete.
2. Substandard hole cleaning.
3. Wet concrete.
4. Sustained load and temperature influence.
5. Freeze-thaw conditions.
6. Installation directions.
7. Maximum embedment depth.
8. Avoidance of air bubbles during injection.
9. Durability (corrosion, chemical attack).
If an adhesive meets all assessment criteria, rebar
connections carried out with this adhesive can be
designed with the bond strength and minimum
anchorage length according to EN 1992-1-1as given in
the tables below for different Würth injection adhesives.
Adhesives (or in conjunction with a certain drilling
procedure) which do not fully comply with all assessment
criteria can still obtain an approval.
• If the bond strength obtained in tests does not fulfil
the specified requirements, then bond strengths lower
than those given by EN 1992-1-1 shall be applied.
These values are given in the respective approval.

28
 WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
strength and minimum anchorage length according to EN 1992-1-1as given in the tables below for different Würth injectio
Ifadhesives.
an adhesive meets all assessment criteria, rebar connections carried out with this adhesive can be designed with the bond
strength and(or
minimum anchorage WIT fgiven
o r pinothe
st -in st abelow
lled r edifferent
bar
Adhesives in conjunction with length according
a certain to EN 1992-1-1as
drilling procedure) which do tables
not fully comply with allfor
assessment Würth
criteriainjection
can sti
adhesives.
obtain an approval. WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r a r
Adhesives
 If(or theinbond
conjunction
strengthwith a certain
obtained drilling
in tests doesprocedure) which
not fulfil the do notrequirements,
specified fully comply then
with bond
all assessment
strengths criteria can thos
lower than still
obtain
• If itan approval.
cannot
given be
byshown that the bond
EN 1992-1-1 shallstrength of
be applied. These values are given in the respective approval.

reinforcing bars post-installed with a selected
 IfIfthe bond
it cannot strength
be shown obtained
that theinbond
tests strength
does notoffulfil the specified
reinforcing requirements, with
bars post-installed thenabond strengths
selected productlower
andthan those
cast-in
product and cast-in reinforcing bars in cracked
given by ENbars
reinforcing 1992-1-1 shall concrete
be applied. These values are given
theninthetheminimum
respective approval.length l and the minimu
concrete (w=0.3mm) is in cracked
similar, then the minimum (w=0.3mm) is similar, anchorage b,min

 Ifoverlap
it cannotlength
be shownshall thatbe
theincreased
bond strength of reinforcing
1.5. bars post-installed with a selected product and cast-in
anchorage length lb,minl0,min
and the minimum overlap by a factor
reinforcing
length bars
l0,min shall be in cracked
increased by aconcrete
factor 1.5.(w=0.3mm) is similar, then the minimum anchorage length lb,min and the minimum
overlap length l shall be increased by a factor 1.5.
Fig. 3: Overlap joint at a foundation of a column or wall where the
Applications 0,min

Applications rebars are stressed in tension.

Applications
Products testedaccording
Products tested accordingto to above
above guideline
guideline can can be used for applications in non-carbonated concrete C12/15 to C50/6
be used
(EN foronly,
206) applications
which arein non-carbonated concrete
also allowed with straight deformed cast-in bars
Fig. 3: Overlap joint ataccording
a foundationtoof(EC2),
a column e.g. those
or wall in the
where the following
rebars are s
Products
C12/15 tested
to C50/60according
(EN to
206) above
only, guideline
which are can be used for applications in non-carbonated concrete C12/15 to C50/60
also
applications:
allowed
(EN 206)with
only,straight
whichdeformed
are alsocast-in
allowedbarswith straight deformedFig.
according 3: Overlap
cast-in
Fig. 3: bars joint at aatfoundation
according
Overlap joint of aofe.g.
to (EC2),
a foundation column or or
those
a column wall where
inwall
the thethe
following
where rebars
reba
Note to the following Figures: In the Figures no transverse reinforcement is plotted, the transverse reinforcement as

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

to (EC2), e.g.
applications: those in the following applications:
required
Note to bytheEC 2 shall beFigures:
following present. InThe
theshear
Figurestransfer between old and new concrete shall be designed according to EC 2
Note to the following Figures: In the Figures no transverse reinforcement is plotted, the transverse reinforcement as
no transverse reinforcement is plotted, the transverse
required by EC 2 shall be present. The shear transfer between old and new concrete shall be designed according to EC 2.
reinforcement as required by EC 2 shall be present.
The shear transfer between old and new concrete shall
be designed according to EC 2.
Fig. 4: Rebar connection for components stressed primarily in
compression. The rebars are stressed in compression.

Fig. 4: Rebar connection for components stressed primarily in compression. The

Fig.Fig.
4: Rebar connection
4: Rebar forfor
connection components stressed
components primarily
stressed in compression
primarily in compressi
Fig. 1: Overlap joint for rebar connections

Fig.1:1:Overlap
Fig. Overlap joint
joint for
forrebar
rebarconnections.
connections

Fig. 5: Anchoring of reinforcement to cover.

Fig. 2: End anchoring of slabs or beams. Fig. 5: Anchoring of reinforcement to cover

Fig. 2: End anchoring of slabs or beams,

Fig. 2: End anchoring of slabs or beams, Fig.Fig.

5: Anchoring of reinforcement
5: Anchoring to cover
of reinforcement to cover

Anwendungsbilder

Anwendungsbilder
Anwendungsbilder

Design Manual 2 (18) JoB-130605-0

Design Manual 2 (18) 29

JoB-130605-00
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Design of Anchorage of longitudinal reinforcement with EN1992-1-1 (EUROCODE 2)
a) Reinforcing bars shall be so anchored that the
bond forces are safely transmitted to the concrete
avoiding longitudinal cracking or spalling. Transverse
reinforcement shall be provided if necessary.
b) The ultimate bond strength shall be sufficient to
prevent bond failure.
The design value of the ultimate bond stress
POST -INSTALLED REBAR
where:
fctd … is the design value of concrete tensile strength
according to Tab. 1.
η1 … is a coefficient related to the quality of the bond
condition and the position of the bar during
Benefits:
concreting (details see EN 1992-1-1):
• Europ
η1 = 1.0 when good conditions are obtained and
η1 = 0.7 for all other cases and for bars in
structural elements built with slip-forms,
unless it can be shown that good bond

conditions exist
η2 … is related to the bar diameter:
η2 = 1.0 for ∅ ≤ 32 mm
η2 = (132 - ∅)/100 for ∅ > 32 mm

Compressive strength class C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60

fck [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

fck,cube [N/mm ] 2
15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60

fcm [N/mm2] 20 24 28 33 38 43 48 53 58

fctm [N/mm2] 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1

fctk, 0.05 [N/mm2] 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.7 2.9

fctk, 0.95 [N/mm ] 2

2.0 2.5 2.9 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.6 4.9 5.3

fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35

Tab. 2: Strength characteristics for concrete.

The design value of the bond stress for different adhesives and drilling methods are given below:

Compressive strength class C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60

Hammer
drilling and
fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35
compressed
WIT-PE 500
air drilling

Diamond fbd
[N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.00 3.40 3.70 3.70
drilling

Hammer
drilling and
WIT-VM 250 fbd [N/mm2] 1.65 1.95 2.25 2.70 3.00 3.30 3.75 4.05 4.35
compressed
air drilling

Tab. 3: Design values of the bond stress of Würth's WIT adhesives in case of good bond condition.

30
Development length
Development length is the shortest length needed for
reinforcing bar so that the yield strength can induced in
the bar.

Reinforced concrete members are often designed using

strut and tie models. The forces are represented by
trusses and the nodes of these trusses have to connect the

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

forces in such a way that they are in balance: The sum
of the concrete compression force, the support force and
the steel tensile force equals zero. The node can maintain
its function only when the bond between the reinforcing
bar and the surrounding concrete is activated and in
balance with the horizontal component of the concrete
compression strength. The node has to physically provide
a certain length over which the rebar can develop stress
on its left side. This extension on the left side is called
“development length” or “anchorage length”. The length
or the space on the left side depends on the method of
anchorage: bend, hook or straight. Fig. 6: Nodes of trusses.

Bar size ∅ [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 40

Cross
sectional area
As [mm2] 50.3 78.5 113.1 153.9 201.1 314.2 490.9 615.8 804.2 1256.6
of
reinforcement
Characteristic
fyk [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
yield strength
Partial factor
for reinforcing γs 1.15
steel
Design
resistance of
NRd,s [kN] 21.9 34.1 49.2 66.9 87.4 136.6 213.4 267.7 349.7 546.4
reinforcement
bar
Design Bond
fbd [N/mm2] 2.3 2.1
stress
Development lbd [mm] 387 483 580 676 773 966 1208 1353 1546 2100
length
lbd/∅ 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 53
Tab. 4: Development length for C20/25 and reinforcement bar B500B.

31
 POST -INSTALLED REBAR

32
WIT-PE 500 and WIT-VM 250: Design loads versus anchorage depht

Bar
Design load for good bond condition, C20/25
size

Cross sectional area

of reinforcement
Characteristic yield strength
of reinforcement B500B
Partial factor for reinforcing
steel
Design restistance of
reinforcement bar
Design Bond stress
Development length
Minimum anchorage length
∅ As fyk NRd,s fbd lbd lb,min Nb,d
[mm] [mm2] [N/mm2] [kN] [N/mm2] [mm] [kN]
γs

8 50.3 500 1.15 21.9 2.3 386 116 7 7 8 8 11 14 17 20

10 78.5 500 1.15 34.1 2.3 483 145 11 14 18 21 25 28
12 113.1 500 1.15 49.2 2.3 580 174 17 21 25 30 34 42
14 153.9 500 1.15 66.9 2.3 676 203 25 30 35 40 49 59
16 201.1 500 1.15 87.4 2.3 773 232 28 34 40 45 57 68 79
20 314.2 500 1.15 136.6 2.3 966 290 42 49 57 71 85 99 113 127
WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR

25 490.9 500 1.15 213.4 2.3 1208 362 71 88 106 124 141 159 177 194 212
28 615.8 500 1.15 267.7 2.3 1353 406 99 119 139 158 178 198 218 238 257
32 804.2 500 1.15 349.7 2.3 1546 464 113 136 158 181 204 226 249 271 294 317 339
40 1256.6 500 1.15 546.4 2.1 2100 630 182 208 234 260 286 312 338 364 390 416 442 468 494 520 546
Anchorage length [mm] 120 130 140 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100
• Europ
Benefits:
 WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
Basic anchorage length
The calculation of the required anchorage length shall take into consideration the type of steel and bond prope
BasicThe
bars. anchorage
basic required Lap or Splice
lengthanchorage length, l , for anchoring length
the force
b,rqd A σ in a bar assuming constant bond s
s. sd

The calculation of the required anchorage length shall The design lap length is
fbd follows from:
take into consideration the type of steel and bond
properties of the bars. The basic required anchorage
length, l ∅, for!anchoring
!" the force As σsd in a bar α1 = 1.0 for anchorage of straight bars; in case of
!!,!"# =b,rqd ∙
■

assuming constant
4 !!" bond stress equal to fbd follows from: post-installed rebar application only straight
bar possible.

Design anchorage length α2 = 1.0 for reinforcement bar in compression.
Design
The anchorage
design length
anchorage length, l , is bd
α2 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0 for
The design anchorage length, lbd, is reinforcement bar in tension.

!!"
= !! ∙ !! ∙ !! ∙ !! ∙ !! ∙ !!,!"# ≥ !!,!"# α3 = 1.0 no transverse reinforcement.

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

α1 = 1.0 for anchorage of straight bars; in case of
post-installed rebar application only straight α5: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.04ρ ≤ 1.0 for confinement by
α1 = 1.0 for anchorage of straight bars; in case of post-installed rebar application only straight bar pos
bar possible. transverse pressure ρ [MPa] along lbd ■

(α2α3α5) ≥ 0.7.
α2 = 1.0 for reinforcement bar in compression.
α2 = 1.0 for reinforcement bar in compression.
α2: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0 for l0,min is the bar
minimum lap length:
α2: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0 for reinforcement in tension.
reinforcement bar in tension.

When using WIT-PE 500 with diamond wet drilling

multiply the values by 1.5.

α6 = 1.0 … 1.5 for influence of percentage of

lapped bars relative to the total cross-section
area according to the following table:

Percentage of lapped
bars relative to the <25% 33% 50% >50%
total cross-section area
Fig.
Fig. 7: Valuesforfor
7: Values beams
beams and slabs
and slabs.
a6 1.00 1.15 1.40 1.50

α3 = 1.0 no transverse reinforcement. Note: Intermediate values may be determined by

α4 = 1.0 interpolation
α3 = no
1.0welded transverse reinforcement.
no transverse reinfordement.
Tab. 5: Values of the coefficient.
α5: 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.04ρ ≤ 1.0 for confinement by
transverse pressure ρ [MPa] along lbd ■

α(α2α3α5)
4 = 1.0 no welded transverse reinforcement.
≥ 0.7.

lb,min is the minimum anchorage length if no other

α : 0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.04ρ ≤ 1.0 for confinement
limitation is5 applied:
by transverse pressure ρ [MPa] along l . bd

(α2α3α5) ≥ 0.7.
for anchorages in tension

l
for anchorages
b,min is the minimum anchorage length if no other limitation is applied:
in compression
!!,!"# ≥ max  (0.3 ∙ !!,!"# ;  10∅; 100!!) for anchorages in tension
When using WIT-PE 500 with diamond wet drilling
! ≥ max  (0.6 ∙ !!,!"# ;  10∅; 100!!) for anchorages in compression
multiply the values by!,!"#
1.5.
When using WIT-PE 500 with diamond wet drilling multiply the values by 1.5.
33
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Concrete cover
The minimum cover should not be less than cmin,b = ∅. Add 5mm if the nominal
In order to transmit bond forces safely and to ensure maximum aggregate size is greater than 32 mm.
adequate compaction of the concrete, the minimum cover

Benefits:
• Europ
Exposure Class
X0 XC1 XC2/XC3 XC4 XD1/XS1 XD2/XS2 XD3/XS3
S1 10 10 10 15 20 25 30
S2 10 10 15 20 25 30 35
POST -INSTALLED REBAR

S3 10 10 20 25 30 35 40
Structural Class

S4 10 15 25 30 35 40 45
S5 15 20 30 35 40 45 50
S6 20 25 35 40 45 50 55
Tab. 6: Values of minimum cover, cmin,dur [mm] requirements with regard to durability for reinforcement steel.

The minimum cover of post-installed reinforcing bars depending on drilling method cmin,inst

Drilling method ∅ without drilling aid with drilling aid

Hammer drilling and < 25mm 30mm + 0.06lv ≥ 2 ∅ 30mm + 0.02lv ≥ 2 ∅
Diamond drilling
≥ 25mm 40mm + 0.06lv ≥ 2 ∅ 40mm + 0.02lv ≥ 2 ∅
WIT-PE 500
Compressed air < 25mm 50mm + 0.08lv 50mm + 0.02lv
drilling
≥ 25mm 60mm + 0.08lv 60mm + 0.02lv
< 25mm 30mm + 0.06lv ≥ 2 ∅ 30mm + 0.02lv ≥ 2 ∅
Hammer drilling
≥ 25mm 40mm + 0.06lv ≥ 2 ∅ 40mm + 0.02lv ≥ 2 ∅
WIT-VM 250
Compressed air < 25mm 50mm + 0.08lv 50mm + 0.02lv
drilling ≥ 25mm 60mm + 0.08lv 60mm + 0.02lv
Tab. 7: Minimum Cover depending on drilling method.

The nominal cover

The recommended value for Δcdev = 10mm.

Concrete cover:

34
 Spacing of bars and laps
The spacing of bars shall be such that the concrete can be placed and compacted satisfactorily for the dev
adequate bond. The clear distance (horizontal and vertical) between individual parallel bars or horizontal
Spacing of bars and laps (horizontal and vertical) between individual parallel bars
The bars should
spacing of barsbe notbeless
shall suchthan theconcrete
that the max(∅;can
(dg + 5 mm) or 20mm)
or horizontal where
layers d is bars
of parallel
g the maximum size
should be not lessof aggregate
1:2011-01
be placed .
and compacted satisfactorily for the than the max(∅; (dg + 5 mm) or 20mm) where dg is the
development of adequate bond. The clear distance maximum size of aggregate (8.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01).

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

Fig. 8: Adjacent laps.
Fig. 8: Adjacent laps
The spacing between post-installed reinforcing bars shall be greater max(5∅; 50mm).

The spacing between post-installed reinforcing bars shall be greater max(5∅; 50mm),
Embedment depth
Embedment depth for overlap joints If the clear distance between the overlapping rebar is
For calculation of the effective embedment depth of over- greater than 4 Ø the lap length shall be enlarged by the
lap joints the concrete cover at end-face of bonded-in difference between the clear distance and 4 Ø.
rebar c1 shall be considered:

Embedment depth
Embedment depth for overlap joints
Maximum embedment depth
For calculation of the effective embedment
The maximum permissible embedment depth is
depth of overlap joints the concrete cover at end-face of bonde
be considered:
depending on adhesive, adhesive temperature and
the diameter of the rebar:

!!   ≥   !!   + Bar
  !! size ∅ [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 40
Adhesive temperature Maximum permissible embedment depth
If the clear distance between the overlapping rebar is greater than 4 Ø the lap length shall be enlarged by
+5°C to +19°C lmax [cm] 130 200
WIT-PE 500
between the≥clear
20°C distance and lmax 4 [cm]
Ø. 200 280
WIT-VM 250 +5°C to +25°C lmax [cm] 100 100 120 140 160 200 200
Tab. 8: Maximum approved embedment depth.

Design Manual 11 (18)

35
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR

Transverse reinforcement and spalling as a function of concrete cover and bar

The requirements of transverse reinforcement in the area
of the post-installed rebar connection shall comply with
EN 1992-1-1, Section 8.7.4.
Connection joint
The transfer of shear forces between new concrete and
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
existing structure shall be designed according to
spacing.
If α2 is less than 0.7, corresponding to cover dimensions
of cd/∅ > 3 or spacing of a/∅ > 6, the cover or spacing
is large enough so that splitting cannot occur anymore
Benefits:
and pull-out will control.
• Europ
Considering any adhesive for post-installed reinforcing
bars with their higher maximum bond strength comparing

WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r

EN 1992-1-1, Section 6.2.5 “Shear at the interface
between concrete cast at different times”.
that of cast-in bars, we would find that maximum value as
a limiting value for the increase of the controlling design
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
POST -INSTALLED REBAR

The joints for concreting must be roughened to at least bond stress.

such an extent that aggregate protrude. In case of a Those values are taken from the relevant anchor
carbonated surface of the existing concrete structure the approval. Thus, the limitation for bond failure in the code
carbonated layer shall be removed in the area of the has been replaced by the specific design bond stress of
post-installed rebar connection with a diameter of the adhesive for the specific application conditions.
(Ø + 60mm) prior to the installation of the new rebar.
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
The depth of concrete to be removed shall correspond WIT-PE 500
to at least the minimum concrete cover for the
respective environmental conditions in accordance with
EN 1992-1-1. The foregoing may be neglected if building
components are new and not carbonated and if building
components are in dry conditions.
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
WIT f olength
Failure modes and Anchorage r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
WIT
In most cases thefreinforcement
o r p obars st are
-inplaced
st acloselled r e b a r
to the surface of the concrete member to achieve good
crack distribution and economical bending capacity.
For splices at wide spacing, the bearing capacity of the
concrete depends only on the thickness of the concrete
cover. At narrow spacing the bearing capacity depends
WIT f o r p o st -in st a lled r e b a r
on the spacing and on the thickness of the cover. In the WIT-VM 250
design codes the reduction of bearing capacity of the
For the modification of the design for a particular adhesives with its
For the modification of the design for a particular adhesive
cover is taken into account by means of multiplying
in such a way to create a linear extension of the bond strength func
For the modification of the design for a particular adhesives with its spe
factors for the splice length. Splitting failure is decisive
in such a way to createon athelinear extension of thelimit
bond stren
For the modification of the design for acalibrated basis of tests
particular adhesives
if the radial cracks propagate through the entire cover. with the additional
with its specific of a lowest
designa
in such a way to createona the
calibrated linear extension
basis
Bond failure is caused by pull-out of the bar if the
of tests of withthethe bond strengthlimit
additional function
of a
in such a way to create a linear extension of
The designthe
confinement (concrete cover, transverse reinforcement) bond
values strength
exceeding function
cd/∅
calibrated on the basis of tests with the additional limit of a lowest ada
> 3 or exceeding
spacing of a/
is sufficient to prevent splitting of the concrete cover.
calibrated on the basis of tests with the additional limit
EN1992-1-1 controls the failure modes by limiting the α2 of a lowest
Bar size ∅
adapted8
α of 0
10 12
2

The design values exceeding cd/∅ > 3 or spacin

[mm]
value to α2 ≥ 0.7. The spalling of the concrete cover or
Service temperature Maximum
The design values exceeding
splitting between bars will be the controlling mode
WIT-PE 500
cd/∅ >
≤ +24°C
3 orf
spacing
[N/mm ] 6.0
of a/∅
6.0 5.6
of failure.
The design values exceeding cd/∅ > 3 or spacing of a/∅ > 6
2
bd,ext

The value α2 gives an explicit consideration for splitting

WIT-VM 250 f [N/mm ] 5.3 5.3 5.3 2

Bar size ∅ [mm] 8 10

bd,ext

36 Bar sizeService temperature

∅ [mm] 8 10 12 14
Bar
For the modification of the design for asize
Forparticular ∅ with[mm]
adhesives
theService
modification 8 bond
its specific design 10strength,
12the value
14α was
temperature of the design for a particularMaximum
16adapted20
adhesive des
2
For the modification of the design for a particular cd/∅ > 3 or spacing of a/∅ > 6 and calibrated on the
adhesives with its specific design bond strength, the basis of tests with the additional limit of a lowest
value α2 was adapted in such a way to create a linear adapted α2 of 0.25.
extension of the bond strength function exceeding

The design values exceeding cd/∅ > 3 or spacing of a/∅ > 6

Bar size ∅ [mm] 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 28 32 40

Service temperature Maximum design bond strength
WIT-PE 500 ≤ +24°C fbd,ext [N/mm2] 6.0 6.0 5.6 5.6 5.3 4.7 4.4 4.4 4.4 3.4
WIT-VM 250 fbd,ext [N/mm2] 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 5.3 4.9 4.6 -

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

37
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
W IT-PE 500: Design loads versus anchorage depth
Characteristic yield strength of

Minimum anchorage length

reinforcement B500B

Design restistance of

Development length
Cross sectional area

Design Bond stress

reinforcement bar

Bar
Design load for good bond condition, C20/25
reinforcing steel
of reinforcement

Partial factor for

size
Benefits:
• Europ

∅ As fyk γs NRd,s fbd lbd lb,min Nb,d

[mm] [mm2] [N/mm2] [kN] [N/mm2] [mm] [kN]
8 50.3 500 1.15 21.9 6.0 145 100 15 17 18 20 21
POST -INSTALLED REBAR

10 78.5 500 1.15 34.1 6.0 181 100 19 21 23 25 26 28

12 113.1 500 1.15 49.2 5.6 233 120 25 27 30 32 42
14 153.9 500 1.15 66.9 5.6 272 140 34 37 49 62
16 201.1 500 1.15 87.4 5.3 328 160 53 67 80
20 314.2 500 1.15 136.6 4.7 463 200 59 74 89 103 118
25 490.9 500 1.15 213.4 4.4 618 250 86 104 121 138 173 207
28 615.8 500 1.15 267.7 4.4 692 280 116 135 155 194 232
32 804.2 500 1.15 349.7 4.4 791 320 155 177 221 265 310
40 1256.6 500 1.15 546.4 3.4 1279 400 171 214 256 299 342 385 427 470 513
Anchorage length [mm] 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300

WIT-VM 250: Design loads versus anchorage depth

Characteristic yield strength of

Minimum anchorage length

reinforcement B500B

Design restistance of

Development length
Cross sectional area

Design Bond stress

Bar
reinforcement bar

Design load for good bond condition, C20/25

reinforcing steel
of reinforcement

Partial factor for

size

∅ As fyk γs NRd,s fbd lbd lb,min Nb,d

[mm] [mm2] [N/mm2] [kN] [N/mm2] [mm] [kN]
8 50.3 500 1.15 21.9 5.3 164 100 13 15 16 17 19 20
10 78.5 500 1.15 34.1 5.3 205 100 17 18 20 22 23 25 33
12 113.1 500 1.15 49.2 5.3 246 120 24 26 28 30 40
14 153.9 500 1.15 66.9 5.3 287 140 33 35 47 58
16 201.1 500 1.15 87.4 5.3 328 160 53 67 80
20 314.2 500 1.15 136.6 5.3 410 200 67 83 100 117 133
25 490.9 500 1.15 213.4 5.3 513 250 104 125 146 167 208
28 615.8 500 1.15 267.7 4.9 621 280 129 151 172 216 259
32 804.2 500 1.15 349.7 4.6 756 320 162 185 231 277 324
Anchorage length [mm] 100 110 120 130 140 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700

38
 Brunswik, Germany. The conformity with the Ge
Approval. These documents are downloadable

There are two types of design tables correspond

Load Case Fire

The bond strength in slabs under fire has been evaluated
in tests and is certified by reports of the Technical
University of Brunswik, Germany. The conformity with
the German standards is confirmed in DIBt German
national Approval. These documents are downloadable
from the Intranet for the different adhesive mortars. In the fire situation “parallel” the only parameter is the
clear distance In from the fire
the fire exposed“parallel”
situation concrete surface to paramete
the only
There are two types of design tables corresponding to the perimeter of the bar (“clear concrete cover c”). From
of the bar (“clear concrete cover c”). From this p
the basic fire situations “parallel” and “anchorage or this parameter, one can directly read the bond strength of
perpendicular”. the adhesivespecific firefiredurations.
for specific durations.

fire resistance duration Concrete D

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

cover of the
R 30 R 60 R 90 R 120 R 180 R 240
post-installed d
Ultimate bond stress fbd,fi rebars c
b
[N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [N/mm²] [mm]

0.32 30

0.40 35
0.0
0.50 40

0.62 45
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.79 0.31 50

0.95 0.37 55
!…,!" !…
1.16 0.44 !!",! = !!",!" ∙ !! ∙ ∅ ∙ !60
1.50 0.53 65

In the fire situation “anchorage or perpendicula

diameters, embedment depths and fire duration

39
 !…,!" !…
!!",! = !!",!" ∙ !! ∙ ∅ ∙ !

In the fire situation “anchorage or perpendicular” the tab

WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR diameters, embedment depths and fire durations.
In the fire situation “anchorage or perpendicular” the
tables directly show the fire resistance as a force [kN] for
given diameters, embedment depths and fire durations.

Benefits:
Anchorage • Europ fire resistance class
Bar size Max. load
lenght
R 30 R60 R90 R 120 R 180

∅ max NRd,fi lv NRd,fi

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

[mm] [kN] [mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]

80 1.7 0.5 0.14 0 0

120 7.5 2.3 1.1 0.6 0.1

170 16.2 9.1 5.3 3.1 1.1

8 16.2 215 16.2 13.2 9.9 3.7

235 16.2 13.4 6.5

Design Manual 15 (18)
255 16.2 10.0

295 16.2

100 5.0 1.5 0.6 0.2 0.0

150 16.0 6.9 3.6 2.2 0.7

195 25.3 16.9 12.1 7.9 2.7

10 25.3 235 25.3 20.9 16.7 8.1

260 25.3 22.2 13.6

275 25.3 16.9

315 25.3

The load case “Fire” is an exceptional load case. Please
see the respective standard e.g. EN1991 for load
combinations and safety factors. Material factors are
assumed to be γM,fi = 1.0.
Corrosion behaviour of post-installed
reinforcing bars
According to the assessment criteria of EOTA-Technical
Report TR 023, section 3.3.4 it has to be shown by tests
that post installed rebar connections conducted with a
particular adhesive provide the same corrosion
resistance as cast-in-place rebar. Consequently all Würth
adhesives with approval according to TR 023 have been
tested.

40
 WITforf opost-installe
WIT pr p o st -ined
st arebar
lled ap
r pplication
ebar
Examples
Examples
WIT for p
post-installe
ed rebar appplication
mples
End
E support
End support ofof beam,
f beam, simply
simply supported
ly supported
Examples

upport off beam, simply

ly of
End support supported
beam, simply supported

500
5
500
2525
5
5
500
450
4500 25
5
V VEd= =117.66kN
Ed 117.66kN
N
450
0

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

VEd = 117.66kN
N

Given
G
Given information
informattion
Concrete:
Concrette:C20/25 C20/25
Steel:
n informattion
Given
B500B
B500B
Steel: information
Actions:
Actions:
Concrette: C20/25 s: s=d =C20/25
Concrete: d 23.75kN/m,
23.75kN/m,S S=d =50kN d 50
0kN
Cross
Cross
Steel: B500B section
Steel:seection
B500B ofofbeam:beam:h hx xb b= =0.5m 0.5mx x0.3m
0.3m
Effective
Actions:
Actions:: sEffective
d = 23.75k
depth
s
e depth = of
d N/m, cross
23.75kN/m,
ofScro d oss
section:
= 50 S =
section:
0kN d d
50kN = 0.44m
d = 0.44m
Cross
Cross section
section ofofcolumn:
beam: h xc bx= c0.5m = x 0.3mx 0.6m
0.6m
Crossofsebea
Cross seection ection m: of
h xcolu b umn:
= 0.5m c1 xxc0.3m
1
2 = 0.6m x 0.6m
2 m
Effective depth of cross section: d = 0.44m
EffectiveeClear
Clear
depth distance
d
ofistance
crooss between
betwe
section: een two
d two
=
Cross section of column: c1 x c2 = 0.6m x 0.6m
columns:
colum
0.44m mns:4.5m
4.5m
Effective
Cross seection Clear
span:
of ecolu
Effective span:
umn:
distance
l between
l=
ceff1=5.0m
eff x 5.0m
5c2 =two 0.6m x 0.6m
columns: m
4.5m
5.3.2.2;
5.3.2.2;EN1992-1-1:2011-01
EN1992-1-1:2011-0
Exposure
Exposur
Clear distance Class:
re span:
betwe
Effective Class: XC4
een ltwo XC4 4 mns: 4.5m
colum
= 5.0m 5.3.2.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
eff
Concrete
Concret
Exposuretecover:
Effectivee span: leff = 5.0m cover:
5 Class:c c
XC4 =
nom
nom
40mm
= 40mm 5.3.2.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Exposurre Bending
Concrete
Bending moment
Class: gXC4 cover:
moment
4 atnom
c atmid
=m span:
40mm
mid span:MME= 193.95kNm
ds = 193.95kN
Eds Nm
Bending
Bottom moment at mid
reinforcement span: Mat
required = 193.95kNm
Eds mid span:
Concrette Bottom
cover: creinforcemen
nom= 40mm nt required at mid span:
Bottom reinforcement required at mid span:
Bending 4 4∅∅ 20
g moment (=12.6cm
20 (=12.6cm ) 2> A AEs,erf
2 ) >M
= =11.785cm
11.785cm
4 ∅ 20at m span:
mid ) > As,erf ds= = 193.95kN 2 Nm
2 2
s,erf 2
(=12.6cm 11.785cm 9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
A As,max= =0.04 ntA A= 60cmcm 9.2.1.1;
9.2.1.1;EN1992-1-1:2011-01
As,max 0.04
Bottom reinforcemen 0= 0.04 Ac c== 60c
required 60cmat 2 mid span: EN1992-1-1:2011-0
2
s,max c 2

Shear
Shear
4 ∅ 20 (=12.6cm force
Shearfo 2 at support: V
orce) > at
force suppo
As,erf
at = 11.7
support: =Ed=117.66kN
ort:V V85cm
Ed =117.66kN
117
2
7.66kN
Ed

As,max = 0.04
0 Ac = 60ccm 2
9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Shear fo orce at suppo
ort: VEd = 117
7.66kN
0.5mmx x0.3m
0.5m 0.3m

0.5m
m x 0.3m

Bottom
Bottom reinforcement
reinforccement at Sup atpport
Support
!!
Tensile
Tensileforce
forcetotobebeanchored:
anchored:!! = !!" ∙ 9.2.1.4
9.2.1.4(2);
(2);EN1992-1-1:2011-
EN19
992-1-1:201
!
m reinforccement at Sup
pport ! = 0.9 ∙ ! = 0.9 ∙ 0.44 = 0.396 6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN199 92-1-1:2011-
41
Tensile force to be anchored: ! cot ! − cot ! 9.2.1.3
9.2.1.4 (2); .1.3(2);
9.2EN19 (2);EN1992-1-1:2011-
992-1-1:2011-
EN19 -01
992-1-1:201
! =
 WIT FOR POST-INSTALLED REBAR
Bottom reinforcement at Support
Tensile force to be anchored: 9.2.1.4 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
9.2.1.3 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
6.2.3 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
9.2.1.3 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Benefits:
• Europ

Steel section required:

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

7.3.2 (2); EN1992-1-1:2011-01

9.2.1.4 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
Minimum reinforcement at support:
9.3.1.2 (1); EN1992-1-1:2011-01
(slabs only)

Decisive As = 300.7mm2; provided 3 ∅ 14 (=461.7mm2)

Minimum spacing between rebar

amin = max(5 14; 50) = 70mm ≤ 79mm
■

8.4.3; EN1992-1-1:2011-01

Basic anchorage length:

8.4.3; EN1992-1-1:2011-01

Design anchorage length:

α1 = 1.0
α2 = 0.72
0.7 ≤ 1 - 0.15 (cd - ∅)/∅ ≤ 1.0
cd = 39.5mm
α3 = 1.0
α4 = 1.0
α5 = 1.0

lbd controls

42
∙ 440.45 = 318mm
ax  (0.3 ∙ 440.45;  10 ∙ 14; 100!!) =140mm

Embedment depth (considering effective span)

depth (considering
linst = 318 +effective span)
250 = 568mm
250 = 568mm

Top reinforcement at Support

ent at Support
Minimum reinforcement at support:
nforcement at support: 9.2.1.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
As,min,t = 0.15 As,erf = 0.15 1178.5 = 176.78mm2
■ ■

. A = 0.15 . 1178.5 = 176.78mm

s,erf
2
9.2.1.2; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
!
26 ∙ !"# ∙ ! ∙ !   = 151mm ≤ 176.78mm 2 2 9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
9.2.1.1; EN1992-1-1:2011-01
!!"

Decisive As = 176.8mm2; provided 3 ∅ 10 (=235.5mm2)

= 176.8mm ; provided 3 ∅ 10 (=235.5mm )
2 2

Minimum spacing between rebar

POST -INSTALLED REBAR

acing between
amin = rebar
max(5 a10;=50)
max(5
■
. 10;
= 50mm
min 50) = 50mm ≤ 85mm
≤ 85mm

ax  (0.3 ∙ 0;  10 ∙ 10; 100!!) =100mm

Embedment depth (considering effective span) 100 3 ∅ 10
linst = 100 + 250 = 350mm
depth (considering effective span)
250 = 350mm
318

3 ∅ 14

18 (18) JoB-130605-001

43
 DESIGN TEMPLATE – BONDED ANCHORS

Anchor Design according to Würth Simplified Anchor Design Method

Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n=
Ng
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor Benefits:
NSd = ___
Sd
kN
n =
h

• Europ
Design value of shear load VgSd =
Number of anchors in the group loaded with shear n=
VgSd
Design value of shear load acting on a single anchor VSd
h
= ___
n =
kN

Anchor data
Anchor type
Anchor diameter M
CALCULATION GUIDELINE

Anchorage depth hef = mm

Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = N/mm2
of concrete at 28days

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength

fck,cyl = N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete

Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) =
βN ≤ 1
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) =
βV ≤ 1
βN + β V =
βN + βV ≤ 1.2

44
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = kN

Ratio between design action and design resistance N / h

βN,s = NRd,s=
Sd

In case of pull-out/pull-through failure

Basic design value N0Rd,p = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,p =
Influence of anchorage depth
hef = mm hef,typ = mm fhef = hef/hef,typ
Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx
/s = fsx,p =
nx = cr,p
scr,p = mm
sy = mm s y/
scr,p = fsy,p =
ny =

CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Influence of edge distance
cx fcx,1,p =
cx = mm /c =
cr,p fcx,2,p =
ccr,p = mm
cy
cy = mm /c = fcy,p =
cr,p

NRd,p = N 0
Rd,p
■
fb,N fhef fsx,p fsy,p fcx,1,p fcx,2,p fcy,p
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,p = kN

βN,p = N h
Ratio between design action and design resistance Sd /N =
Rd,p

In case of concrete cone failure

Basic design value N0Rd,c = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
Influence of anchorage depth
fhef = (hef/
hef,typ) =
1.5
hef = mm hef,typ = mm

Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = fsx =
sy = scr,N = mm
mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = fsy =

Influence of edge distance

cx/ fcx,1 =
cx = mm ccr,N = fcx,2 =
ccr,N = mm
c y/
cy = mm ccr,N = fcy =

NRd,c = N 0
Rd,c
■
fb,N fhef fsx fsy fcx,1 fcx,2 fcy
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,c = kN

βN,c = NSd/
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,c =

45
 DESIGN TEMPLATE – BONDED ANCHORS
In case of concrete splitting failure
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all direction is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fastener and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.
cx ≥ ccr,sp
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm Benefits:
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp
• Europ
■

cy ≥ ccr,sp
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■

h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin
Basic design value N0Rd,c = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
Influence of anchorage depth

hef = mm hef,typ = mm fhef = (hef/h )1.5 =

CALCULATION GUIDELINE

ef,typ

Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,p = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm sy
/s = fsy,sp =
ny = cr,sp

Influence of edge distance

cx/ fcx,1,sp =
cx = mm ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp =
ccr,sp = mm
cy = cy/
mm ccr,sp = fcy,sp =

h= mm hmin = mm h/hmin = fh =
NRd,sp = N0Rd,c fb,N fhef fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,sp = kN

Ratio between design action and design resitance NSd

h
βN,sp = / NRd,sp =

46
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = kN

Ratio between design action and design resistance V / =

h
βV,s = Sd
VRd,s

In case of pry-out failure

NRd,c = kN
NRd,p = kN
Influence of compressive strenght of concrete k=
VRd,cp = k min {NRd,p; NRd,c}
■

Design value VRd,cp kN

βV,cp = V /
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance VRd,cp=
Sd

In case of concrete edge failure

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions

CALCULATION GUIDELINE
c > max (10hef ; 60d). for anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
should be used in verification.

Basic design value V0Rd,c = kN

Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,V =
Influence of anchorage depth
hef = mm d= mm d/hef = fhef,V =
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load. The smallest
spacing should be used for the verification.
s= mm c1 = mm s/c = fs,V =
1

Influence of edge distance

c1 = mm d= mm c 1/ = fc1,V =
d
c2 = c fc2,V =
mm c1 = mm 2/c =
1

Influence of load direction

In case of a > 90° it is assumed that only the component of the shear load parallel to the edge is acting on the anchor.
The component acting away from the edge may be neglected for the proof of concrete edge failure.
α= fα =
Influence of concrete thickness
h= mm c1 = mm h/c = fh =
1
VRd,c = V0Rd,c fb,V fhef, V fs,V fc1,V fc2,V fα fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value VRd,c = kN

g
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,c = VSd/V =
Rd,c

47
 DESIGN TEMPLATE – METAL ANCHORS

Anchor Design according to Würth Simplified Anchor Design Method

Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n=
NgSd
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor NSd
h
= ___
n =
kN

Design value of shear load VgSd = kN

Number of anchors in the group loaded with shear n=
VgSd
Design value of shear load acting on a single anchor VSd
h
= ___
n =
kN

Anchor data
Anchor type
Anchor diameter M
CALCULATION GUIDELINE

Anchorage depth hef = mm

Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = N/mm2
of concrete at 28days

Characteristic compressive cylinder strength

fck,cyl = N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete

Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) =
βN ≤ 1
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) =
βV ≤ 1
βN + β V =
βN + βV ≤ 1.2

48
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = kN

Ratio between design action and design resistance N /

h
βN,s = Sd
NRd,s=

In case of pull-out/pull-through failure

Basic design value N0Rd,p = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
NRd,p = N0Rd,p fb,N
■

Design value NRd,p = kN

βN,p = N /
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance
NRd,p=
Sd

In case of concrete cone failure

Basic design value N0Rd,c = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =

CALCULATION GUIDELINE
Influence of spacing
sx = mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = fsx =
sy = scr,N = mm
mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = fsy =

Influence of edge distance

cx/ fcx,1 =
cx = mm ccr,N = fcx,2 =
ccr,N = mm
c y/
cy = mm ccr,N = fcy =

NRd,c = N0Rd,c fb,N fsx fsy fcx,1 fcx,2 fcy

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,c = kN

N h
βN,c = Sd/
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,c =

49
 DESIGN TEMPLATE – METAL ANCHORS
In case of concrete splitting failure

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fullfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fasteners and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resitance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.

cx ≥ ccr,sp
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■

cy ≥ ccr,sp
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■

h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin
Basic design value N0Rd,c(sp) = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N =
Influence of spacing
CALCULATION GUIDELINE

sx = mm
sx/
scr,sp = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm
sy/
scr,sp = fsy,sp =
ny =

Influence of edge distance

cx/ fcx,1,sp =
cx = mm
ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp =
ccr,sp = mm
cy = mm cy
/c = fcy,sp =
cr,sp

h= mm hmin = mm h/h = fh =
min

NRd,sp = N0Rd,c(sp) fb,N fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,sp = kN

βN,sp = N /
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,sp =
Sd

50
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = kN

Ratio between design action and design resistance V / =

h
βV,s = Sd
VRd,s

In case of pry-out failure

NRd,c = kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete k=
VRd,cp = NRd,c k ■

Design value VRd,cp = kN

βV,cp = VSd/
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance VRd,cp=
In case of concrete edge failure

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max(10hef; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value

CALCULATION GUIDELINE
should be used in the verification.

Basic design value V0Rd,c = kN

Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,V =
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load. The smallest
spacing should be used for the verification.
s= mm c = mm s/c = f =
1 1 s,V

Influence of edge distance

c2 = mm c1 = mm c2/c = fc2,V =
1

Influence of load direction

In case of a > 90° it is assumed that only the component of the shear load parallel to the edge is acting on the anchor.
The component acting away from the edge may be neglected for the proof of concrete edge failure.
α= fα =
Innfluence of component thickness
h/c =
h= mm c1 = mm 1
fh =
VRd,c = V0Rd,c fb,V fs, V fc2,V fα fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value VRd,c = kN

g
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,c = V /
VRd,c=
Sd

51
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Design Example

Anchor design according to Würth Simplified Anchor Design Method

Given Data:
• Concrete C40/50
• Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
• Dry concrete • Europ
• Service temperature max. 24°C
• Thickness of concrete component h = 500mm
CALCULATION EXAMPLES

300

NgSd = 80 kN

VgSd = 60 kN

500
200 200 200

Selected anchor: WIT-PE 500 with stud M16 strength class 5.8, hef = 150mm

52
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= 80.0 kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n= 4
NgSd
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor NSd
h
= ___
n =
20.0 kN

Design value of shear load VgSd = 60.0 kN

Number of anchors in the group loaded with shear n= 4
VgSd
Design value of shear load acting on a single anchor VSd
h
= ___
n =
15.0 kN

Anchor data
Anchor type WIT-PE 500
Anchor diameter M 16
Anchorage depth hef = 150 mm
Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = 50 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days

CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength
fck,cyl = 40 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete ✔

Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) = 0.577
βN ≤ 1 ✔
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) = 0.628
βV ≤ 1 ✔
βN + βV = 0.577 + 0.628 = 1.2
βN + βV ≤ 1.2 ✔

53
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = 52.2 kN
20
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,s = NSd/
h
--------- 0.383
NRd,s= 52.2 =
Benefits:
In case of pull-out/pull-through failure
• Europ
Basic design value N0Rd,p = 48.9 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,p = 1.08
Influence of anchorage depth
hef = 150 mm hef,typ = 125 mm fhef = hef/hef,typ 1.20
Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm
sx
/s = 0.53 fsx,p = 0.77
nx = 2 cr,p
scr,p = 375 mm
sy = 300 mm
s y/
scr,p = 0.80 fsy,p = 0.90
ny = 2
Influence of edge distance
CALCULATION EXAMPLES

cx fcx,1,p = 1.00
cx = 200 mm /c = 1.06
cr,p fcx,2,p = 1.00
ccr,p = 188 mm
cy
cy = 200 mm /c = 1.06 fcy,p = 1.00
cr,p

NRd,p = N0Rd,p fb,N fhef fsx,p fsy,p fcx,1,p fcx,2,p fcy,p

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,p = 43.92 kN

N / 20 h
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,p = ---------
NRd,p=43.92 = 0.455
Sd

In case of concrete cone failure

Basic design value N0Rd,c = 39.2 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = 1.41
Influence of anchorage depth
fhef = (hef/
150 mm hef,typ) =
1.5
hef = hef,typ = 125 mm 1.31

Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/
scr,N = 0.44
nx = fsx = 0.72
2
sy = scr,N = 450 mm
300 mm sy /
scr,N = 0.66
ny = fsy = 0.83
2
Influence of edge distance
cx/ fcx,1 = 0.96
cx = 200 mm
ccr,N = 0.88 fcx,2 = 0.94
ccr,N = 225 mm
200 mm cy/
cy = ccr,N = 0.88 fcy = 0.94

NRd,c = N 0
Rd,c
■
fb,N fsx fsy fcx,1 fcx,2 fcy
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,c = 36.70 kN

Ng 20
Ratio between design action and design restistance βN,c = Sd/N = ------------
--------- =
36.70 0.545
Rd,c

54
In case of concrete splitting failure
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all direction is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fasteners and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.

cx ≥ ccr,sp check required

cx = 200 mm ccr,sp = 360 mm
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp■
check required

cy ≥ ccr,sp check required

cy = 200 mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
432 mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp■
check required

h= 500 mm hmin = 180 mm h ≥ hmin ✔

Basic design value N0Rd,sp = 39.2 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = 1.41
Influence of anchorage depth

hef = 150 mm hef,typ = 125 mm fhef = (hef/h )1.5 = 1.31

ef,typ

Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/ 0.27
scr,p = fsx,sp = 0.64

CALCULATION EXAMPLES
nx = 2
scr,sp = 720 mm
sy = 300 mm sy/ 0.42
scr,sp = fsy,sp = 0.71
ny = 2
Influence of edge distance

cx/ fcx,1,sp = 0.87

cx = 200 mm 0.55
ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp = 0.78
ccr,sp = 360 mm
cy = cy/ 0.55 fcy,sp =
200 mm ccr,sp = 0.78

h= 500 mm hmin = 180 mm h/h = 2.78 fh = 1.99

min

NRd,sp = N0Rd,c(sp) fb,N fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,sp = 34.65 kN

N h 20
Ratio between design action and design restistance βN,sp = Sd/N = --------- = 0.577
Rd,sp 34.65

55
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – BONDED ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = 31.4 kN
15.0
βV,s = V /V = ------------- =
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance Sd
31.4 0.478
Rd,s
Benefits:
In case of pry-out failure
• Europ
NRd,c = 43.92 kN
NRd,p = 36.70 kN
Influence of compressive strenght of concrete k= 2
VRd,cp = k min {NRd,p; NRd,c}
■

Design value VRd,cp 73.40 kN

Vh 15.0
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,cp = Sd/V = ------------
73.4
= 0.204
Rd,cp

In case of concrete edge failure

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max (10hef ; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
CALCULATION EXAMPLES

should be used in verification.

Basic design value V0Rd,c = 10.1 kN

Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,V = 1.41
Influence of anchorage depth
hef = 150 mm d= 16 mm hef /d = 9.375 fhef,V = 1.03
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load. The smallest
spacing should be used for the verification.
s= 300 mm c1 = 200 mm s/c = 1.5 fs,V = 1.5
1

Influence of edge distance

c1 = 200 mm d= 16 mm c1/ = 12.5 fc1,V = 2.05
d
c2 = – mm – mm c fc2,V = –
c1 = 2/c =
1

Influence of load direction

In case of a > 90° it is assumed that only the component of the shear load parallel to the edge is acting on the anchor.
The component acting away from the edge may be neglected for the proof of concrete edge failure.
α= 90° fα = 2.0
Influence of concrete thickness
h= 500 mm c1 = 200 mm h/c = 2.5 fh = 1.0
1
VRd,c = V 0
Rd,c
■
fb,V ■
fs,V fc2,V fα fh
■ ■ ■

Design value VRd,c = 90.21 kN

g 60.0
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,c = V /V = ------------- =
Sd
0.665
Rd,c 90.21

56
57
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS
Design Example

Anchor design according to Würth Simplified Anchor Design Method

Given Data:
• Concrete C30/37
• Cracked concrete
• Thickness of concrete component h = 200mm

NgSd = 40.0 kN

200 250 200 125

CALCULATION EXAMPLES

200
100
200

VgSd = 15.0 kN

Selected anchor: W-FAZ M20

58
Actions
Design value of tensile load NgSd= 40.0 kN
Number of anchors in the group loaded with tension n= 8
NgSd
Design value of tensile load acting on a single anchor NSd
h
= ___
n =
5.0 kN

Design value of shear load VgSd = 15.0 kN

Number of anchors in the group loaded with shear n= 8
VgSd
Design value of shear load acting on a single anchor VSd
h
= ___
n =
1.88 kN

Anchor data
Anchor type W-FAZ/S M20
Anchor diameter M 20
Anchorage depth hef = 100 mm
Base material
Compressive strength class of concrete
Characteristic compressive cube strength
fck,cube = 37 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days

CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Characteristic compressive cylinder strength
fck,cyl = 30 N/mm2
of concrete at 28days
Cracked concrete ✔ Non-cracked concrete

Structural verification
βN = max(βN,s; βN,p; βN,c; βN,sp) = 0.405
βN ≤ 1 ✔
βV = max(βV,s; βV,cp; βV,c) = 0.787
βV ≤ 1 ✔
βN + βV = 0.405 + 0.787 = 1.192
βN + βV ≤ 1.2 ✔

59
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS

Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to tension loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value NRd,s = 53.8 kN
Nh 5
--------- = 0.093
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,s = Sd/N = 53.8
Rd,s

In case of pull-out/pull-through failure

Basic design value N0Rd,p = 24.0 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = 1.22
NRd,p = N0Rd,p fb,N
■

Design value NRd,p = 29.28 kN

Nh 5
---------- = 0.171
Ratio between design action and design resistance βN,p = Sd/N =29.28
Rd,p

In case of concrete cone failure

Basic design value N0Rd,c = 24.0 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = 1.22
CALCULATION EXAMPLES

Influence of spacing
sx = 200 mm sx/
scr,N =
nx = 0.66 fsx = 0.74
4
sy = scr,N = 300 mm
200 mm sy /
scr,N =
ny = 0.83 fsy = 0.92
2
Influence of edge distance
cx/ fcx,1 = 0.90
cx = 100 mm ccr,N = 0.66
fcx,2 = 0.83
ccr,N = 150 mm
125 c y/
cy = mm ccr,N = 0.83 fcy = 0.83

NRd,c = N0Rd,c fb,N fsx fsy fcx,1 fcx,2 fcy

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,c = 12.36 kN

N / 5 h
Ratio between design action and design restistance βN,c = ----------
NRd,c=12.36 = 0.405
Sd

60
In case of concrete splitting failure

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is c ≥ ccr,sp for single fasteners and c ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp for fastener groups and the member depth is
h ≥ hmin in both cases.
b) The characteristic resitance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and reinforcement resists
the splitting forces and limits the crack width to wk ≤ 0.3mm.

cx ≥ ccr,sp b) applies
cx = mm ccr,sp = mm
cx ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■
b) applies
cy ≥ ccr,sp b) applies
cy = mm 1.2 ccr,sp =
■
mm
cy ≥ 1.2 ccr,sp ■
b) applies
h= mm hmin = mm h ≥ hmin b) applies
Basic design value N 0
Rd,c(sp)
= – kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,N = –
Influence of spacing
sx = mm
sx/ –
scr,sp = fsx,sp =
nx =
scr,sp = mm
sy = mm
sy/ –
scr,sp = fsy,sp =
ny =

CALCULATION EXAMPLES
Influence of edge distance
fcx,1,sp = –
cx = mm cx/
ccr,sp = fcx,2,sp = –
ccr,sp = mm
cy = mm cy –
/c = fcy,sp =
cr,sp

h= mm hmin = mm h/h = fh = –
min

NRd,sp = N 0
Rd,c(sp)
■
fb,N fsx,sp fsy,sp fcx,1,sp fcx,2,sp fcy,sp fh
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Design value NRd,sp = – kN

βN,sp = NSd/
h
Ratio between design action and design restistance NRd,sp = –

61
 DESIGN EXAMPLE – METAL ANCHORS
Resistances
Calculation of Design values of resistance to shear loads
In case of steel failure
Desing value VRd,s = 51.9 kN
1.88
βV,s = V /V = ------------- = 0.036
h
Ratio between design action and design resistance Sd
51.9
Rd,s

In case of pry-out failure

NRd,c = 12.36 kN
Influence of compressive strength of concrete k= 2
VRd,cp = NRd,c k
■

Design value VRd,cp = 24.72 kN

V /
h 1.88
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,cp = -------------
VRd,cp=24.72 = 0.076
Sd

In case of concrete edge failure

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all directions
c > max(10hef; 60d). For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be calculated. The smallest value
should be used in the verification.
CALCULATION EXAMPLES

Basic design value V0Rd,c = 10.7 kN

Influence of compressive strength of concrete fb,V = 1.22
Influence of spacing
In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load. The smallest
spacing should be used for the verification.
s= 200 mm c = 100 mm s/c = 2.0 f = 1.67
1 1 s,V

Influence of edge distance

c2 = 125 mm c1 = 100 mm c2/c = 1.25 fc2,V = 0.875
1

Influence of load direction

In case of a > 90° it is assumed that only the component of the shear load parallel to the edge is acting on the anchor.
The component acting away from the edge may be neglected for the proof of concrete edge failure.
α= 0° fα = 1.0
Innfluence of component thickness
h= 200 mm c1 = 100 mm h/c = 2.0 fh = 1.0
1

VRd,c = V 0
Rd,c
■
fb,V fs, V fc2,V fα fh
■ ■ ■ ■

Design value VRd,c = 19.07 kN

g 15.0
Ratio between design action and design resistance βV,c = V /V = -------------- = 0.787
Sd
Rd,c 19.07

62
63
 ANCHOR SELECTION

Anchor Type Base material Approvals

European Technical Approval

Fire resistance classification

Uncracked concrete

Seismic assessment
Cracked concrete
Benefits:

ICC ES Approval

Sprinkler systems
• Europ

WIT-PE 500 M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

WIT-PE 500 R ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

WIT-VM250 M ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

WIT-VM250 R ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

W-VIZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
ANCHOR SELECTION

W-VD ✔ ✔ ✔

W-FAZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

W-HAZ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

W-SA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

W-FA ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

W-TM ✔ ✔

64
 Specification Anchor size Page

Highly corrosion resitant steel

Steel, zinc electro plated

Stainless steel A4 (316)

Internal thread
Steel, hot-dip
REBAR

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M39 68

✔ ∅8 - ∅40 94

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M30 120

✔ ∅8 - ∅32 144

✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 168
M8 - M24 198

ANCHOR SELECTION
✔ ✔ ✔

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 228

✔ ✔ M8 - M27 246
✔ ✔ ✔ M8 - M24 260
✔ M6 - M20 274
✔ M8 - M16 288
✔ ∅7.5 - ∅16 302
✔ ∅7.5 - ∅12 316
✔ ✔ M6 - M20 330
✔ ✔ M6 - M20 344
✔ ✔ M6 - M12 358
✔ ✔ M6 - M12 372

65
 Benefits:
• Europ

66
67
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
WIT-PE 500
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure

385 ml 585 ml 1400 ml

Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903480001 0903480003 0903480002 Benefits:
• The prolonged gelling/working time allows
convenient adjustment at higher temperature and with
large embedment depth.
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 – M39 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Its specially developed chemical composition allows
reliable installation in underwater conditions and
when filled in diamond cored drill holes.
• The low shrinkage of the mortar broadens the
application spectrum in addition for big diameter
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M39
fastener elements.

Applications
WIT-PE 500 M

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T5 ETA-09/0040 / 2013-06-14
Approval
European Technical DIBt, Berlin TR 023 / EC 2 ETA-07/0313 / 2013-05-30
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 308 ESR-2538 / 2012-05-01
Fire resistance IBMB, Braunschweig TR 020 3302/252/08/N13/2009-01-07
Test Report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 G15982K / 2012-10-30
VOC Emissions Test report eurofins DEVL 1101903D, DEVL 1104875A 2013-03-13
NSF International NSF International NSF/ANSI Standard61 2013-11-13

68
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See Installation instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables,
steel grade 5.8.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 18.3 29.0 42.1 70.6 111.9 153.7 187.8 224.0 262.4 302.7 344.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 18.3 29.0 42.1 77.6 123.1 169.0 206.5 246.5 288.6 333.0 379.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.2 14.5 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1 173.4 204.2 243.9
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 31.1 40.8 64.1 87.1 112.0 140.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.2 44.9 70.5 95.8 123.2 154.0

WIT-PE 500 M
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1

Design resistance

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 39.2 53.3 73.2 89.4 106.7 125.0 144.2 164.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 43.1 58.6 80.5 98.4 117.4 137.5 158.6 180.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1 138.7 163.3 195.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 17.3 22.7 30.5 41.5 53.3 66.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 19.0 25.0 33.6 45.6 58.6 73.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1

69
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Recommended / Allowable loads1)

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.8 20.1 28.0 38.1 52.3 63.9 76.2 89.3 103.0 117.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.8 20.1 30.8 41.9 57.5 70.3 83.8 98.2 113.3 129.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 5.3 8.3 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1 99.1 116.7 139.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 12.3 16.2 21.8 29.6 38.1 47.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 13.6 17.8 24.0 32.6 41.9 52.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
WIT-PE 500 M

70
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-09/0040, issue 2013-06-14:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
• M33, M36, M39 not part of ETA, data based on in-house testing according to guideline.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

WIT-PE 500 M
Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

steel grade Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
size
5.8 NRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9 231.2 272.2 325.3
8.8 NRd,s [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.6 130.6 188.0 245.0 299.0 369.9 435.6 520.4
10.9 NRd,s [kN] 26.1 41.4 60.2 111.9 174.9 251.8 328.1 400.4 495.4 583.4 697.0
A4-70 NRd,s [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.5 58.6 91.6 132.2 172.3 210.2 260.1 306.3 365.9

71
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 16.8 23.6 34.6 48.9 66.1 90.5 116.3 145.4 162.9 195.5 231.0
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 17.3 22.7 30.5 41.5 53.3 66.6

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
WIT-PE 500 M

Characteristic compressive strength of

fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.10

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

72
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,p [mm] 226 270 330 375 510 607 683 759 799 872 945
ccr,p [mm] 113 135 165 188 255 304 342 379 400 436 472

Combined pull-out and concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Combined pull-out and concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

WIT-PE 500 M
;

c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

73
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 20.1 24.0 32.4 39.2 53.3 73.2 89.4 106.7 125.0 144.2 164.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 14.3 17.1 23.1 28.0 38.1 52.3 63.9 76.2 89.3 103.0 117.3

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.
WIT-PE 500 M

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

74
 Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 510 630 720 810 900 990 1080
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 255 315 360 405 450 495 540

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

WIT-PE 500 M
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

75
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Concrete splitting failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 816 1008 1152 1296 1440 1584 1728
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 408 504 576 648 720 792 864
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 157 210 258 294 330 366 402 438

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:

and

and according to the table „anchor characteristics“.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
WIT-PE 500 M

direction

2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp

76
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

steel grade Thread

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
size
5.8 VRd,s [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1 138.7 163.3 195.2
8.8 VRd,s [kN] 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.3 112.8 147.0 179.4 221.9 261.4 312.2

WIT-PE 500 M
10.9 VRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9 231.2 272.2 325.3
A4-70 VRd,s [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 103.4 126.1 156.1 183.8 219.5

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270 300 330 360
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

77
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 16.4 24.3 33.7 40.3 46.3 52.6 59.1 65.7
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 11.6 17.1 23.7 28.3 32.6 37.0 41.6 46.3

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

WIT-PE 500 M

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60

(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength of
concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08

Influence of edge distance c1

c1 /d 4 8 12 15 20 30 40 50 60 100 150 200

fc1,V 0.47 1.19 2.05 2.76 4.05 6.96 10.22 13.76 17.54 34.66 59.52 87.35

78
Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of second edge distance

WIT-PE 500 M
c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50
fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00

79
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

WIT-PE 500 M

80
Service temperature

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +60 °C +43 °C +60 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +72 °C +43 °C +72 ° C

Design bond strength for different use categories

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Non-cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 8.3 8.3 8.3 7.8 6.2 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.2 5.2 5.2
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 5.3 5.3 5.0 4.7 3.8 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.3
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.7 4.7 4.4 4.2 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.1 6.7 6.2 4.8 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.3
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.5 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.9
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.6
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling

WIT-PE 500 M
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.3 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
4.7 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.0 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.0 5.6 5.3 5.3 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
3.7 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]
2
3.3 3.3 2.8 2.8 2.8

Cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 4.2 3.6 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.5 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm ]
2
2.2 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.6 2.9 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.9
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]
2
2.1 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

81
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Reduction factor for different use categories

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Non-cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Reduction factor strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.63 0.63 0.60 0.61 0.62 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.57 0.57 0.53 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.74 0.61 0.73 0.71 0.63 0.58
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.54 0.54 0.51 0.52 0.58 0.58 0.54 0.50
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.49 0.49 0.46 0.46 0.54 0.50 0.46 0.46
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.88 0.67 0.71 0.85 0.88
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.56 0.43 0.43 0.54 0.53
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.48 0.40 0.39 0.45 0.49
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.72 0.67 0.68 0.85 0.83
Temperature range II
WIT-PE 500 M

fτ.red 0.44 0.43 0.43 0.54 0.53

Temperature range III fτ.red 0.40 0.40 0.36 0.45 0.49

Cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.62 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.53 0.54 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.79 0.83 0.82 0.73 0.73
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.51 0.53 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.46 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55

82
 Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 80 90 96 108 120 132 144 156
Effective anchorage depth
hef,max [mm] 96 120 144 192 240 288 324 360 396 432 468
Nominal drill hole
d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Clearance-hole in fixture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33 36 39 42
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46 50 55 60
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200 350 500 700
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] = hef + 30mm ≥ 100mm = hef + 2d0
concrete member
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150 165 180 195

WIT-PE 500 M
df
d0

83
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39
Stressed As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352 459 561 694 817 976
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933 1389 1872 2576 3292 4299
Yield strength fy [N/mm ] 2
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448 667 899 1237 1580 2064
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717 1067 1438 1979 2528 3302
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
2
1000 1000 1000 1000
10.9
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 25 50 87 221 432 747 1111 1498 2061 2634 3439
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504 750 1011 1391 1778 2322
WIT-PE 500 M

moment

84
 Material specification of anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Part Designation Material

Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5 μm acc. to EN ISO 4042 or Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40 μm acc. to EN ISO 1462
Steel, EN 10087 or EN 10263
1 Anchor rod
Property class 5.8, 8.8, 10.9, EN ISO 898-1
Property class 5 (for class 5.8 rod) EN 20898-2
2 Hexagon nut, EN 24032 Property class 8 (for class 8.8 rod) EN 20898-2
Property class 10 (for class 10.9 rod) EN 20898-2
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
3 Steel, zinc plated
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
Stainless steel
Material 1.4401 / 1.4571, EN 10088-1
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
1 Anchor rod
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4401 / 1.4571, EN 10088
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
2 Hexagon nut, EN 24032
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
3 Material 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
Material 1.4529 / 1.4565, EN 10088-1:2005,
1 Anchor rod > M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506

WIT-PE 500 M
≤ M24: Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4529 / 1.4565, EN 10088,
2 Hexagon nut, EN 24032 > M24: Property class 50 (for class 50 rod)EN ISO 3506
≤ M24: Property class 70 (for class 70 rod)EN ISO 3506
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
3 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094

85
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Properties of adhesive

Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) resistant
Temperature resistance 72 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Water absorption ASTM D 570 0.109 %
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 42 N/mm2
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 4.11 GPa
Flexural Properties Modulus)
Flexural stress at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 86 MPa
Flexural strain at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 2.0 %
Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 120 N/mm2
after 7 days: 169 MPa
Compressive strength UNI EN ISO 604
after 2 days: 166 MPa
Compressive Properties
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5.97 GPa
Yield stress ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5129 GPa
Deformation beyond yield point ASTM D 695 3.6 %
WIT-PE 500 M

Tensile strength ASTM D 638 41.7 N/mm2

Tensile properties
Elongation at break ASTM D 638 0.74 %
Dynamic Modulus of Elasticity DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 10.85 GPa
Shrinkage unidirectional UNI 4285 0.0035 mm/mm
Hardness Shore D /15 ISO 868 after 48 hours: 80
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.48 / 0.41 / 0.54 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.1 x 1015 Ωcm
DC Resistance or Conductance  Volume resistance ASTM D 257 1.2 x 1012 Ωm
Density DIN 53479 1.41 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / Impermeability DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
Open time (10-20°C) 30 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 10 hours
Shelf life 24 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

86
 Working time and curing time

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
5°C to 9°C 60 min 72 h 142 h
10°C to 19°C 45 min 45 h 90 h
20°C to 29°C 30 min  10 h 20 h
30°C to 39°C 20 min  6 h 12 h
≥ 40°C 12 min  4 h 8h

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46

diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 0.52 0.67 0.83 1.14 2.40 3.00 3.98 4.57 5.00 6.49 7.00
embedment depth
Assumed wastage of 15% included.

WIT-PE 500 M

87
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Installation instruction

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. There is a clearly defined set of tools

for producing a safe fixture: drilling
machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
brush diameter gauge. (See table
„Accessories“)
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.

Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit.(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth.
depth (see table „Anchor characteristics“)

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
WIT-PE 500 M

or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be

used.

Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole -
removing it. if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).

or Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
used.

Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Before use, verify that the anchor
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on element is dry and free of oil and
the anchor rods. other contaminants.

88
Installation Control

Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. Only use mixing nozzle and
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun. dispensing gun of the system.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm

adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“)

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
For embedment larger than 190mm an extension nozzle
shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used.

Press the marked anchor element down to the bottom of If these requirements (excess mortar

WIT-PE 500 M
the hole, turning it slightly while doing so. and the embedment depth) are not
After inserting the anchor element, excess mortar must maintained, the application has to
emerge from the annular gap. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured. (see table „Working and cure times“)

After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed. (see table
„Anchor characteristic“)

89
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Accessoires

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35 37 42 46

Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef

Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46 50 55 60

Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200 350 500 700

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

WIT-PE 500 M

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

Brush

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Brush diameter db [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37 39 44 48

Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300

Brush ... 001 ... 002 ... 003 ... 004 ... 005 ... 008 on demand
0905 499 ...
Brush extension 0905 499 111

Brush diameter gauge 0905 499 099

SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 102

Hex adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 101

Blow-out (manual)

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001

Reducing adapter
... 202
0905 499 ...

90
Compressed-air cleaning

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Jet nozzle 0903 489 217

Thread adapter 0903 489 291

Hose 0699 903 7

Injecting

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30 M33 M36 M39

Dispensing gun 0891 009

Pneumatic dispenser 385 + 585 0891 017

Pneumatic dispenser 1400 0891 015

Mixer nozzle 0903 488 101

Mixer extension ∅ 10 0903 488 123

Mixer extension ∅ 16 0903 488 122

Injection adapter (repulsion piston) ... 051 ... 052
0903 488 ...

WIT-PE 500 M

91
 WIT-PE 500 WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)

Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Acetic acid 40 ●
Laitance ●
Acetone 10 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution 5 ●
Aniline 100 ●
Beer 100 ●
Chlorine all ●
Benzol 100 ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution ●
Calcium carbonate, suspended in water all ●
Calcium chloride, suspended in water ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water ●
Carbon tetrachloride 100 ●
Caustic soda solution 40 ●
Citric acid all ●
Diesel oil 100 ●
Ethyl alcohol, aqueous solution 50 ●
Formic acid 100 ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 30 ●
Freon ●
Fuel Oil ●
Gasoline (premium grade) 100 ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Hydrochloric acid (Muriatic Acid) conc. ●
Hydrogen peroxide 30 ●
Isopropyl alcohol 100 ●
WIT-PE 500 M

Lactic acid all ●

Linseed oil 100 ●
Lubricating oil 100 ●
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ● ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Phosphoric acid 10 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide, 10% and 40% solution) ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid 30 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●

92
93
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
WIT-PE 500 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
385 ml 585 ml 1400 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903480001 0903480003 0903480002 Benefits:
• The prolonged gelling/working time allows
convenient adjustment at higher temperature and
with large embedment depth.
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
∅8 - ∅40 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Its specially developed chemical composition allows
a reliable installation in underwater conditions and
when filled in diamond cored drill holes.
• The low shrinkage of the mortar broadens the
application spectrum in addition for big diameter
fastener elements.

Applications
WIT-PE 500 R

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical Approval DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T5 ETA-09/0040 / 2013-06-14
European Technical Approval DIBt, Berlin TR 023 / EC 2 ETA-07/0313 / 2013-05-30
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 308 ESR-2538 / 2012-05-01
Fire resistance MPA Braunschweig TR 020 3302/252/08-N13/2009-01-07
Test Report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 G15982K / 2012-10-30
VOC Emissions Test report eurofins DEVL 1101903D, DEVL 1104875A 2013-03-13
NSF International NSF International NSF/ANSI Standard61 2013-11-13

94
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables,
steel grade BST 500 S, B500B.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 28.1 39.6 53.9 70.6 70.6 111.9 153.7 224.0 262.4 344.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 31.0 43.5 59.3 77.6 77.6 123.1 169.0 246.5 288.6 379.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.8 21.6 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 221.2 345.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 31.1 38.5 40.8 64.1 87.1 126.0 165.9
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.2 42.3 44.9 70.5 95.8 138.6 182.5

WIT-PE 500 R
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 221.2

Design resistance

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 15.6 22.0 29.9 39.2 39.2 53.3 73.2 106.7 125.0 164.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 17.2 24.2 32.9 43.1 43.1 58.6 80.5 117.4 137.5 180.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4 230.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 17.3 21.4 22.7 30.5 41.5 60.0 79.0
C50/60 NRd [kN] 19.0 23.5 25.0 33.6 45.6 66.0 86.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4

95
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Recommended / Allowable loads1)

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 11.2 15.7• Europ
21.4 28.0 28.0 38.1 52.3 76.2 89.3 117.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 12.3 17.3 23.5 30.8 30.8 41.9 57.5 83.8 98.2 129.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 6.6 10.3 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 105.3 164.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 12.3 15.3 16.2 21.8 29.6 42.8 56.4
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 13.6 16.8 17.8 24.0 32.6 47.1 62.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 105.3
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
WIT-PE 500 R

96
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-09/0040, issue 2013-06-14:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.
• ∅40 not part of ETA, data based on in-house testing according to guideline.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

WIT-PE 500 R
Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
grade size
460A NRd,s [kN] 17.4 27.1 39.0 53.1 69.4 108.4 169.4 212.4 277.4 433.7
BS4449:1997
460B NRd,s [kN] 17.8 27.9 40.1 54.6 71.3 111.5 174.2 218.5 285.4 445.9
DIN1045-1:2008:08/
BST
DIN 488-1:2009:08 /
DIN EN 1992-1-1:
500 S, NRd,s [kN] 19.7 30.9 44.4 60.5 79.0 123.4 192.8 241.9 316.0 493.7
B500B
2011-01

97
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R
Benefits:
Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 • Europ
Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 15.6 22.0 29.9 39.7 41.9 61.0 82.9 120.0 158.0 172.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 17.3 21.4 22.7 30.5 41.5 60.0 79.0

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
WIT-PE 500 R

concrete determined by testing cube2)

Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.10

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

98
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
scr,p [mm] 194 242 277 323 360 438 526 575 681 826
ccr,p [mm] 97 121 139 162 180 219 263 287 341 413

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

WIT-PE 500 R
;

c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

99
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
N0Rd,c [kN] 20.1 24.0 32.4 39.2• Europ
39.2 53.3 73.2 106.7 125.0 164.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 14.3 17.1 23.1 28.0 28.0 38.1 52.3 76.2 89.3 117.3

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength of
concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
WIT-PE 500 R

Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment depth according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

100
Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 375 510 630 810 900 1080
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 188 255 315 405 450 540

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

WIT-PE 500 R
1)

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

101
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Concrete splitting failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
Benefits:
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 600 816 1008 1296 1440 1728
• Europ
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 300 408 504 648 720 864
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 153 157 210 258 324 364 440

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:

and

and according to the table „anchor characteristics“.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
WIT-PE 500 R

direction

2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp

102
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
grade size
460A VRd,s [kN] 8.1 12.6 18.2 24.8 32.4 50.6 79.0 99.1 129.5 202.3
BS4449:1997
460B VRd,s [kN] 8.3 13.0 18.7 25.5 33.3 52.0 81.3 102.0 133.2 208.1

WIT-PE 500 R
DIN1045-1:2008:08 /
BST
DIN 488-1:2009:08 /
DIN EN 1992-1-1:
500 S, VRd,s [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 147.4 230.4
B500B
2011-01

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300 360
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

103
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.
Benefits:
• Europ
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 13.1 16.4 24.3 36.3 42.3 50.5 68.0
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 9.2 11.6 17.1 25.6 29.7 35.5 47.8

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

WIT-PE 500 R

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60

(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength of
concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08

Influence of edge distance c1

c1 /d 4 8 12 15 20 30 40 50 60 100 150 200

fc1,V 0.47 1.19 2.05 2.76 4.05 6.96 10.22 13.76 17.54 34.66 59.52 87.35

104
Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of second edge distance

WIT-PE 500 R
c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50
fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00

105
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Structural Verification

Tension

Benefits:
• Europ

Shear

Combined tension and shear

WIT-PE 500 R

106
Service temperature

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +60 °C +43 °C +60 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +72 °C +43 °C +72 ° C

Design bond strength for different use categories

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Non-cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.8 7.8 7.2 7.2 6.7 5.7 5.2 5.2 5.2 3.8
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.7 4.7 4.4 4.4 4.2 3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.2 4.2 4.2 3.9 3.9 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.9 1.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.2 5.2 4.8 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling

WIT-PE 500 R
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 7.3 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
4.7 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 4.0 3.3 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.0 5.6 5.6 5.3 5.3 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
3.3 3.3 3.1 3.1 2.8 2.8

Cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 4.2 3.9 3.6 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
2.5 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.2 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Design bond strength according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.6 3.1 2.9 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.9
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.1 1.9 1.9 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.4
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.9 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

107
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Non-cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Reduction factor strength according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Benefits:
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
• Europ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.61 0.61 0.62 0.62 0.63 0.58 0.64 0.59 0.59 0.56
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.54 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.58 0.54 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.50
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.73 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.68 0.64 0.55
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.52 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.58 0.55 0.50 0.45
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.46 0.49 0.46 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.45 0.41
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / dry and wet concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.20 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.23 1.17
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.76 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.78 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.65 0.65
Reduction factor according to ETA-11/0398 / flooded concrete / diamond drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.23 1.10
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.65 0.65 0.63 0.78 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.60 0.55 0.58 0.65 0.65
WIT-PE 500 R

Cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.60 0.57 0.62 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.64
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.53 0.50 0.54 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55
Reduction factor according to ETA-09/0040 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.80 0.79 0.83 0.82 0.73 0.73
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.51 0.49 0.53 0.58 0.64 0.64 0.55
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.50 0.55 0.55 0.55

108
 Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 75 80 90 100 112 128 160

Effective anchorage depth
hef,max [mm] 96 120 144 168 192 240 300 336 384 480
Nominal drill hole
d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40 50
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] = hef + 30mm ≥ 100mm = hef + 2d0
concrete member
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160 200
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160 200

hmin
h0
hef
d0

WIT-PE 500 R

109
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

rebar grade Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Stressed
cross As [mm²] 50 Benefits:
79 113 154 201 314 491 616 804 1257
section • Europ
Section
W [mm³] 50 98 170 269 402 785 1534 2155 3217 6283
Modulus
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483
460A strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 19 38 66 104 155 303 593 833 1243 2428
BS4449: moment
1997
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
460B strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 20 39 67 107 160 312 610 857 1279 2497
moment
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
WIT-PE 500 R

strength
DIN1045-1:
2008:08 / Tensile
DIN 488-1: BST 500 S, fu [N/mm2] 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
strength
2009:08 / B500B
DIN EN 1992-
Design
1-1: 2011-01
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 22 43 75 119 177 346 675 948 1415 2765
moment

110
 Material specification of rebar

Abstract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1, Properties of reinforcement

Product form Bars and de-coild rods

Class B C
Characteristic yield strenght fyk or f0,2k (N/mm2) 400 to 600
≥1,15
Minimum value of k=(ft /fy)k
≥1,08 <1,35
Characteristic strain at maximum force εuk (%) ≥5,0 ≥7,5
Bendability Bend / Rebend test
Nominal bar size (mm)
Maximum deviation from nominal mass
≤8 ±6,0
(individual bar) (%)
>8 ±4,5

Abstact of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N, Properties of reinforcement

Product form Bars and de-coild rods

Class B C
Nominal diameter
of the rebar (mm)
Min. value of related rip area fRmin
8 to 12 0,040
>12 0,056

Rlb height of the bar shall be in the range: 0,05d ≤ h ≤ 0,07d

WIT-PE 500 R
(d: Nominal diameter of the bar; h: Rlp height of the bar)

111
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Properties of adhesive

Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) resistant
Temperature resistance Benefits: 72 °C
Water resistancy • Europ resistant
Water absorption ASTM D 570 0.109 %
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 42 N/mm2
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 4.11 GPa
Flexural Properties Modulus)
Flexural stress at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 86 MPa
Flexural strain at break UNI EN ISO 178 after 24 hours: 2.0 %
Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 120 N/mm2
after 7 days: 169 MPa
Compressive strength UNI EN ISO 604
after 2 days: 166 MPa
Compressive Properties
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5.97 GPa
Yield stress ASTM D 695 after 24 hours: 5129 GPa
Deformation beyond yield point ASTM D 695 3.6 %
WIT-PE 500 R

Tensile strength ASTM D 638 41.7 N/mm2

Tensile properties
Elongation at break ASTM D 638 0.74 %
Dynamic Modulus of Elasticity DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 10.85 GPa
Shrinkage unidirectional UNI 4285 0.0035 mm/mm
Hardness Shore D /15 ISO 868 after 48 hours: 80
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.48 / 0.41 / 0.54 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.1 x 1015 Ωcm
DC Resistance or Conductance  Volume resistance ASTM D 257 1.2 x 1012 Ωm
Density DIN 53479 1.41 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / Impermeability DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
Open time (10-20°C) 30 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 10 hours
Shelf life 24 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

112
 Working time and curing time

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
5°C bis 9°C 60 min 72 h 142 h
10°C bis 19°C 45 min 45 h 90 h
20°C bis 29°C 30 min  10 h 20 h
30°C bis 39°C 20 min  6 h 12 h
≥ 40°C 12 min  4 h 8h

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Nominal drill hole

d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40 50
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 0.80 0.96 1.11 1.27 1.45 2.21 2.70 4.30 5.64 8.77
embedment depth
Assumed wastage of 15% included.

WIT-PE 500 R

113
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Installation instruction

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. There is a clearly defined set of tools

Benefits: for producing a safe fixture: drilling
• Europ machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
brush diameter gauge. (See table
„Accessories“)
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.

Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit.(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth.
depth (see table „Anchor characteristics“)

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
WIT-PE 500 R

used.

Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the The brush must produce natural
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and resistance as it enters the drill hole -
removing it. if not, the brush is too small and
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush, must be replaced with the proper
a brush extension shall be used. brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).

or Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm. For bore holes larger than 20 mm
or deeper 240 mm, compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be
used.

Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Before use, verify that the anchor
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on element is dry and free of oil and
the anchor rods. other contaminants.

114
Installation Control

Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. Only use mixing nozzle and
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun. dispensing gun of the system.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm

adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“)

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.
For embedment larger than 190mm an extension nozzle
shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used.

WIT-PE 500 R
Press the marked anchor element down to the bottom of If these requirements (excess mortar
the hole, turning it slightly while doing so. and the embedment depth) are not
After inserting the anchor element, excess mortar must maintained, the application has to
emerge from the annular gap. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured. (see table „Working and cure times“)

After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“)

115
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR

Accessoires

Anchor type: WIT-PE 500 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40 50

Benefits:
Drill depth h 0 / h1 [mm] = hef
• Europ

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

WIT-PE 500 R

Brush

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Brush diameter db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 41.5 52

Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300 300 300
Brush ...008 ...010 ...012 ...014 ...016 ...020 ...025 ... 028 on demand
0905 489 ...
Brush extension 0903 489 111

Brush diameter gauge 0903 489 099

SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0903 489 101

Blow-out (manual)

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001

116
Compressed-air cleaning

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40
Jet nozzle ... 210 ... 214 ... 217 ... 227
0903 489 ...
Thread adapter 0903 489 291 0903 489 292

Hose 0699 903 7 0699 903 13

Injecting

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32 Ø40

Dispensing gun 0891 009

Pneumatic dispenser 385 + 585 0891 017

Pneumatic dispenser 1400 0891 015

Mixer nozzle 0903 488 101

Mixer extension ∅ 10 0903 488 123

Mixer extension ∅ 16 0903 488 122

Injection adapter (repulsion piston) ...008 ...010 ...012 ...014 ...016 ...020 ...025 ...028
0903 488 ...

WIT-PE 500 R

117
 WIT-PE 500 WITH REBAR
Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Acetic acid 40 ●
Laitance ●
Acetone 10 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution Benefits:
5 ●
Aniline 100 ●
• Europ
Beer 100 ●
Chlorine all ●
Benzol 100 ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution ●
Calcium carbonate, suspended in water all ●
Calcium chloride, suspended in water ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water ●
Carbon tetrachloride 100 ●
Caustic soda solution 40 ●
Citric acid all ●
Diesel oil 100 ●
Ethyl alcohol, aqueous solution 50 ●
Formic acid 100 ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 30 ●
Freon ●
Fuel Oil ●
Gasoline (premium grade) 100 ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Hydrochloric acid (Muriatic Acid) conc. ●
Hydrogen peroxide 30 ●
Isopropyl alcohol 100 ●
WIT-PE 500 R

Lactic acid all ●

Linseed oil 100 ●
Lubricating oil 100 ●
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ● ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Phosphoric acid 10 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide, 10% and 40% solution) ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid 30 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●

118
119
WIT-PE 500 R
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
WIT-VM 250
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Benefits:
• Europ
420 ml 330 ml 300 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903450200 0903450202 0903450201 Benefits:
• Styrene-free, quick-curing high-performance vinylester
mortar allows the anchorage to be finished in a short
period of time.
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 - M30 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Universal fixing system for a broad range of
applications on building sites.
• The special chemical composition allows working in
high corrosion areas.

Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M30

Applications
VM 250 M

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T5 ETA-12/0164 / 2013-06-20
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 308 ESR-2539 / 2012-03-01
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig DIN EN 1363-1: 1999-10 (3058/042/12)-NB / 2013-05-30
Test Report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 G19427H / 2012-10-30
VOC Emissions Test report eurofins DEVL 1101903D, DEVL 1104875A 2013-03-13
NSF International NSF International NSF/ANSI Standard61 2013-11-13

120
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables,
steel grade 5.8.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 18.3 33.9 49.8 70.6 111.9 153.7 187.8 224.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 18.3 29.0 42.1 77.6 123.1 169.0 206.5 246.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.2 14.5 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 22.8 34.6 58.7 87.1 132.3 160.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 25.1 38.0 64.6 95.8 145.6 176.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1 114.8 140.1

VM 250 M
Design resistance

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.2 18.8 27.6 39.2 62.2 85.4 104.3 124.5
C50/60 NRd [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 43.1 68.4 93.9 114.7 136.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.7 19.2 32.6 48.4 73.5 88.9
C50/60 NRd [kN] 13.9 21.1 35.9 53.2 80.9 97.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1

121
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.5Benefits:
19.7 28.0 44.4 61.0 74.5 88.9
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 8.7 13.8• Europ
20.1 30.8 48.9 67.1 82.0 97.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 5.3 8.3 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 9.1 13.7 23.3 34.6 52.5 63.5
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 10.0 15.1 25.6 38.0 57.8 69.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3 65.6 80.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
VM 250 M

122
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-12/0164, issue 2013-06-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

Concrete cone failure:

VM 250 M
Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

steel grade Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
size
4.6 NRd,s [kN] 7.5 11.5 17.0 32.5 49.0 70.5 92.0 112.0
5.8 NRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5 153.1 186.9
8.8 NRd,s [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.6 130.6 188.0 245.0 299.0
A4-70 NRd,s [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.5 58.6 91.6 132.2 172.3 210.2

123
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 • Europ
25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.10

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

VM 250 M

Basic design pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 13.4 18.8 27.6 41.9 71.2 96.8 113.1 127.2
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 12.7 19.2 32.6 48.4 73.5 91.9

124
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
scr,p [mm] 185 253 304 375 506 581 624 657
ccr,p [mm] 92 126 152 188 253 291 312 329

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

VM 250 M
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

125
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
N0Rd,c [kN] 24.1 24.0 32.4 39.2 • Europ
62.2 85.4 104.3 124.5
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 17.2 17.1 23.1 28.0 44.4 61.0 74.5 88.9

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

VM 250 M

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270

scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 510 630 720 810
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 255 315 360 405

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

126
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 816 1008 1152 1296
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 408 504 576 648
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 157 210 258 294 330

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:

and

and according to the table „anchor characteristics“.

VM 250 M
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

127
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

VM 250 M

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

steel grade Thread

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
size
4.6 VRd,s [kN] 4.2 7.2 10.2 18.6 29.3 42.5 55.1 67.1
5.8 VRd,s [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5 91.8 112.1
8.8 VRd,s [kN] 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.3 112.8 147.0 179.4
A4-70 VRd,s [kN] 8.3 12.8 19.2 35.3 55.1 79.5 103.4 126.1

128
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210 240 270
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 16.4 24.3 33.7 40.3 46.3
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 11.6 17.1 23.7 28.3 32.6

VM 250 M
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength of
concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

129
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Influence of embedment depth

hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08

Influence of edge distance c1 Benefits:

• Europ
c1 /d 4 8 12 15 20 30 40 50 60 100 150 200
fc1,V 0.47 1.19 2.05 2.76 4.05 6.96 10.22 13.76 17.54 34.66 59.52 87.35

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

Influence of spacing
VM 250 M

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of second edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

130
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

VM 250 M

131
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Service temperature

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °CBenefits: +120 ° C
• Europ

Design bond strength for different use categories

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Non-cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.1 5.6 5.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.7 4.2 3.6
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.1 2.8
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
2.6 3.1 3.1 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 1.9 2.4 2.4 2.4
VM 250 M

Cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.6 3.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.9 1.9
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.4 1.4

132
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: VM 250 M
Non-cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Reduction factor strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.77 0.75 0.72
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.59 0.55 0.56
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.54 0.61 0.61 0.61
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.39 0.46 0.46 0.46
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.29 0.36 0.36 0.36

Cracked concrete

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.69 0.69
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.54
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.86
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.62 0.62

VM 250 M
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.47 0.47

133
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 80 90 96 108 120
Effective anchorage depth Benefits:
hef,max [mm] 160 200 240 320 400 480 540 600
• Europ
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Diameter of steel brush db ≥ [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37
Clearance-hole in fixture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30 33
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200
Min. thickness of concrete member hmin [mm] = hef +30mm ≥ 100mm = hef + 2d0
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 80 100 120 135 150
VM 250 M

df
d0

134
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: VM 250 M

steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Stressed cross As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352 459 561
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933 1389 1872
Yield strength fy [N/mm ] 2
240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240
Tensile strength fu [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
4.6
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 9 18 31 80 156 269 400 539
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile strength fu [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448 667 899
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm2] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717 1067 1438
moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450
fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504 750 1011
moment

VM 250 M

135
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Material specification of anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Designation
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5 μm acc. to EN ISO 4042 or Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40 μm acc. to
EN ISO 1461 and EN ISO 10684
Anchor rod
Hexagon nut, EN 24032
Washer, EN ISO 7089,
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
Stainless steel
Anchor rod
Hexagon nut, EN 4032
Washer, EN ISO 7089,EN ISO 887
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
VM 250 M
Material
Benefits:
Steel, EN 10087 or EN• Europ
10263
Property class 4.6 8.8, EN ISO 898-1:1999
Property class 4 (for class 4.6 rod) EN898-2
Property class 5 (for class 5.8 rod) EN 898-2
Property class 8 (for class 8.8 rod) EN 898-2
Steel, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanised
Material 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571, EN 10088-1: 2005
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4401 / 1.4404 / 1.4571, EN 10088
Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
or for
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088

Material 1.4529 / 1.4565, EN 10088-1:2005,

Anchor rod
Hexagon nut, EN 4032
Washer, EN ISO 7089, EN ISO 887
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
> M24: Property class 50 EN ISO 3506
≤ M24: Property class 70 EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4529 / 1.4565, EN 10088,
> M24: Property class 50 (for class 50 rod) EN ISO 3506
≤ M24: Property class 70 (for class 70 rod) EN ISO 3506
Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088

136
 Properties of adhesive

Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects

Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 14.7 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 100 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of Elasticity DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 14.09 GPa
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source 0.66 / 0.63 W/mK
method
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 3.6 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.77 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / Impermeability DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
Open time (10-20°C) 15 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

VM 250 M

137
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Working time and curing time

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-10°C bis -4°C1) 90 min 24 h 48 h
-5°C bis -1°C 90 min 14Benefits:
h 28 h
0°C bis 4°C 45 min 7• Europ
h 14 h
5°C bis 10°C 25 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 15 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 6 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 4 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 4 min 20 min 40 min
≥ 40°C 1.5 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 15°C

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35

diameter
VM 250 M

Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef

Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 0.52 0.67 0.83 1.14 2.40 3.00 3.98 4.57
embedment depth
Assumed wastage of 15% included.

138
 Installation instruction

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Installation Control

Choose the right system tools. There is a system: drilling machine, drill
bit, hand-pump, brush, brush diameter
gauge.

Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill bit diameter and its Working length of drill bit must be
working length are determined by the diameter and depth bigger than the given drill hole
of the drill hole of the selected anchor. depth.
(see table anchor characteristics).

or Clean the bore hole 4x from the bottom. If the bore hole Check the whole system on the site,
bottom is not reached an extension shall be used. the system includes the brush
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore and brush diameter gauge,
hole diameter 20 mm. the hand-pump or compressor
For bore holes larger than 20 mm or deeper than 240 mm, (air without oil).
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

VM 250 M
Brush the bore hole 4x by a twisting motion and removing Control the diameter of the brush
it with the required brush. Use a drilling machine or with a brush diameter gauge.
a battery screwdriver.
If the bore hole bottom is not reached with the brush,
a brush extension shall be used.

or Clean again the bore hole 4x from the bottom until the
return air straem is without dust. If the bore hole bottom
is not reached an extension shall be used.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 20 mm.
For bore holes larger then 20 mm or deeper 240 mm,
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

Attach the supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge Only use static-mixing nozzle of the
and insert the cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. system.
Do not modify the static-mixing nozzle.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.

139
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)
Installation Control

Prior to inserting the anchor rod into the filled bore hole, Check the marker on the anchor rod.
the position of the embedment depth shall be marked on
the anchor rods.

Benefits:
• Europ

Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out

separately a minimum of 3x strokes and discard
non-uniformly mixed adhesive components until the
mortar shows a consistent grey colour.

Starting from the bottom of the hole fill the hole up to Marking the static mixing nozzle
(see table working and curing time) approximately 2/3 makes it easier to fill every hole with
with adhesive. Slowly withdraw the static mixing nozzle as the same volume.
the hole fills to avoid creating voids. For embedment larger
than 190 mm an extension nozzle shall be used.
For overhead and horizontal installation in bore holes
larger than ∅ 20 mm a injection adapter and extension
nozzle shall be used. Observe the given working times.

While turning slightly push the threaded rod or reinforcing Make sure that the embedment
VM 250 M

bar into the anchor hole to ensure uniform distribution of depth is observed and that excess
the adhesive until the embedment depth is reached. mortar is visible at the top of the
hole.
If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has
to be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).
Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully
cured.

After fully cured, the fixture can be installed. Check the max. torque by using a
calibrated torque wrench.

140
 Accessoires

Anchor type: VM 250 M

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 24 28 32 35
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36 41 46
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 160 180 200

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

Brush

VM 250 M
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30
Brush diameter db [mm] 12 14 16 20 26 30 34 37
Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300

Brush
0905 499 ...
...001 ...002 ...003 ...004 ...005 ...008 on demand

Brush extension 0905 499 111

Brush diameter gauge 0905 499 099

SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 102

Hex adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 101

Blow-out (manual)

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001
Reducing adapter for M8 ...202
0905 499 ...

141
 VM 250 M WITH THREADED ROD (METRIC)

Compressed-air cleaning

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Jet nozzle 0903 489 217

Thread adapter 0903 489 291

Benefits: 0699 903 7
Thread adapter
• Europ

Injecting

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Dispensing gun 0891 003

Dispensing gun Handy Max (420 ml) 0891 007 10

Mixer nozzle 0903 420 001

Mixer extension 0903 420 004

Injection adapter (repulsion piston) ...051 ...052
0903 488 ...
VM 250 M

142
 Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Accumulator acid ●
Acetic acid 40 ●
Acetic acid 10 ●
Acetone 10 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution 5 ●
Aniline 100 ●
Beer ●
Benzene (kp 100-140°F) 100 ●
Benzol 100 ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution ●
Calcium carbonate, suspended in water all ●
Calcium chloride, suspended in water ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water ●
Carbon tetrachloride 100 ●
Caustic soda solution 10 ●
Citric acid all ●
Diesel oil 100 ●
Ethyl alcohol, aqueous solution 50 ●
Formic acid 100 ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 30 ●
Freon ●
Fuel Oil ●
Gasoline (premium grade) 100 ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Hydraulic fluid conc. ●
Hydrochloric acid (Muriatic Acid) conc. ●
Hydrogen peroxide 30 ●
Isopropyl alcohol 100 ●
Lactic acid all ●
Linseed oil 100 ●
Lubricating oil 100 ●

VM 250 M
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide) 10 ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Standard Benzine 100 ●
Sulfuric acid 10 ●
Sulfuric acid 70 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive during a
spill).

143
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
WIT-VM 250 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15
Benefits:
• Europ
420 ml 330 ml 300 ml
Art.no.: Art.no.: Art.no.:
0903450200 0903450202 0903450201 Benefits:
• Styrene-free, quick-curing high-performance vinylester
mortar allows the anchorage to be finished in a short
period of time..
• Its many approvals guarantees optimized load
∅8 - ∅32 capacities for threaded rods and rebar.
• Universal fixing system for a broad range of
applications on building sites.
• The special chemical composition allows working in
high corrosion areas.

Applications
VM 250 R

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T5 ETA-12/0164 / 2013-06-20
Approval
European Technical DIBt, Berlin TR 023 / EC2 ETA-12/0166 / 2012-03-16
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 308 ESR-2539 / 2012-03-01
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig ISO 834 (3371/436/09)-CM / 2009-10-19
Test Report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 G19427H / 2012-10-30
VOC Emissions Test report eurofins DEVL 1101903D, DEVL 1104875A 2013-03-13
NSF International NSF International NSF/ANSI Standard61 2013-11-13

144
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables,
steel grade BST 500 S, B500B
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 20.1 33.9 49.8 70.6 70.6 111.9 153.7 224.0 256.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 22.1 37.3 54.7 77.6 77.6 123.1 169.0 246.5 282.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.8 21.6 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 169.3
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 22.8 34.6 43.2 70.5 98.0 160.0 187.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 25.1 38.0 47.5 77.5 107.8 176.0 206.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 31.1 42.3 55.3 86.4 135.0 169.3 169.3

VM 250 R
Design resistance

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 13.4 18.8 27.6 39.2 39.2 62.2 85.4 124.5 142.4
C50/60 NRd [kN] 14.7 20.7 30.4 43.1 43.1 68.4 93.9 136.9 156.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 112.9
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 12.7 19.2 24.0 39.2 54.4 88.9 104.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 13.9 21.1 26.4 43.1 59.9 97.8 114.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 112.9

145
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Effective anchorage depth hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 9.6 13.5 Benefits:
19.7 28.0 28.0 44.4 61.0 88.9 101.7
• Europ
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 10.5 14.8 21.7 30.8 30.8 48.9 67.1 97.8 111.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 6.6 10.3 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 80.6
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 9.1 13.7 17.1 28.0 38.9 63.5 74.4
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 10.0 15.1 18.9 30.8 42.8 69.9 81.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 14.8 20.2 26.3 41.1 64.3 80.6 80.6
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
VM 250 R

146
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, TR 029. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-12/0164, issue 2013-06-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+24°C/40°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range -10°C to +40°C.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes::

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

Concrete cone failure:

VM 250 R
Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Code Rebar Rebar Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
grade size
BS4449:1997 460A NRd,s [kN] 17.4 27.1 39.0 53.1 69.4 108.4 169.4 212.4 277.4
460B NRd,s [kN] 17.8 27.9 40.1 54.6 71.3 111.5 174.2 218.5 285.4
DIN1045-1:2008:08 / BST 500 S,
DIN 488-1:2009:08 / B500B
NRd,s [kN] 19.7 30.9 44.4 60.5 79.0 123.4 192.8 241.9 316.0
DIN EN 1992-1-
1:2011-01

147
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 • Europ
25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.02 1.04 1.06 1.08 1.09 1.10

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment depth according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

Design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

VM 250 R

Basic design combined pull-out and concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 13.4 18.8 27.6 41.9 52.4 85.5 108.9 141.4 142.4
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 12.7 19.2 24.0 39.2 54.4 91.9 108.9

148
Characteristic edge distance ccr,p and spacing scr,p

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
scr,p [mm] 185 253 304 375 375 510 630 693 681
ccr,p [mm] 92 126 152 188 188 255 315 346 341

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,p1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,p, fsy,p 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

VM 250 R
c/ccr,p 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1,p 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2,p
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,p

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

149
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
N0Rd,c [kN] 24.1 24.0 32.4 39.2• Europ
39.2 62.2 85.4 124.5 145.8
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 17.2 17.1 23.1 28.0 28.0 44.4 61.0 88.9 104.1

Influence of embedment depth

Consider the approved range of embedment according to the table

“anchor characteristics”.

Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
VM 250 R

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300

scr,N [mm] 240 270 330 375 375 510 630 810 900
ccr,N [mm] 120 135 165 188 188 255 315 405 450

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:
and .

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

150
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp
Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
scr,sp [mm] 360 420 528 600 590 816 1008 1296 1440
ccr,sp [mm] 180 210 264 300 295 408 504 648 720
hmin [mm] 110 120 134 157 165 218 264 330 364

Above characteristic spacing and edge distances are given for the typical effective anchorage depth. Calculating for
smaller depths is leading to conservative load capacities. For calculation with bigger depths use the following:

and

and according to the table „anchor characteristics“.

VM 250 R
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

151
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

VM 250 R

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Code Rebar Rebar

Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
grade size
460A VRd,s [kN] 8.1 12.6 18.2 24.8 32.4 50.6 79.0 99.1 99.1
BS4449:1997
460B VRd,s [kN] 8.3 13.0 18.7 25.5 33.3 52.0 81.3 102.0 102.0
DIN1045-1:2008:08 /
DIN 488-1:2009:08 / BST 500 S,
VRd,s [kN] 9.2 14.4 20.7 28.2 36.9 57.6 90.0 112.9 112.9
DIN EN 1992-1-1: B500B
2011-01

152
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 125 170 210 270 300
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Non-cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 5.2 7.5 10.1 13.1 16.4 24.3 36.3 42.3 50.5
Cracked concrete
V0Rd,c [kN] 3.7 5.3 7.1 9.2 11.6 17.1 25.6 29.7 35.5

VM 250 R
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength of
concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

153
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Influence of embedment depth

hef /d 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ≥ 12
fhef,V 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.00 1.02 1.05 1.07 1.08

Influence of edge distance c1 Benefits:

• Europ
c1 /d 4 8 12 15 20 30 40 50 60 100 150 200
fc1,V 0.47 1.19 2.05 2.76 4.05 6.96 10.22 13.76 17.54 34.66 59.52 87.35

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.11 1.20 1.34 1.51 1.72 1.92 2.00
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
VM 250 R

The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of second edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

154
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

VM 250 R

155
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Service temperature

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +40 °C +24 °C +40 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range III -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °CBenefits: +120 ° C
• Europ

Design bond strength for different use categories

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Non-cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.1 5.6 4.7
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.7 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 2.8 2.5
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,ucr [N/mm2] 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Temperature range II τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
2.6 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
Temperature range III τRd,ucr [N/mm ]2
1.9 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

Cracked concrete
VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.6 3.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.5
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.9 1.9
Design bond strength according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I τRd,cr [N/mm2] 2.6 2.6 2.6
Temperature range II τRd,cr [N/mm ]2
1.9 1.9 1.9
Temperature range III τRd,cr [N/mm2] 1.4 1.4 1.4

156
Reduction factor for different use categories
Anchor type: VM 250 R
Non-cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Reduction factor strength according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.73 0.70 0.71
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.54 0.55 0.50 0.53
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.54 0.61 0.61 0.61 0.61
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.39 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.29 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36

Cracked concrete

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / dry and wet concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.69 0.69
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.54 0.54
Reduction factor according to ETA-12/0164 / flooded concrete / hammer drilling
Temperature range I fτ.red 0.86 0.86 0.86
Temperature range II fτ.red 0.62 0.62 0.62
Temperature range III fτ.red 0.47 0.47 0.47

VM 250 R

157
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
hef,min [mm] 60 60 70 75 80 90 100 112 128
Effective anchorage depth
hef,max [mm] 160 200 240Benefits:
280 320 400 480 540 640
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef
Diameter of steel brush db ≥ [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 41.5
Min. thickness of concrete = hef +30mm
hmin [mm] = hef + 2d0
member ≥ 100mm
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 70 80 100 125 140 160

hmin
h0
hef
d0
VM 250 R

158
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: VM 250 R

rebar grade Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Stressed
cross As [mm²] 50 79 113 154 201 314 491 616 804
section
Section
W [mm³] 50 98 170 269 402 785 1534 2155 3217
Modulus
Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483 483
460A strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 19 38 66 104 155 303 593 833 1243
BS4449: moment
1997 Yield
fy [N/mm2] 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460
strength
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497 497
460B strength
Design
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 20 39 67 107 160 312 610 857 1279
moment
Yield
DIN1045- fy [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
strength
1:2008:08 /
DIN 488- Tensile
BST 500 S, fu [N/mm2] 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550
1:2009:08 / strength
B500B

VM 250 R
DIN EN
Design
1992-1-
bending M0Rd,s [Nm] 22 43 75 119 177 346 675 948 1415
1:2011-01
moment

159
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Material specification of rebar

Abstract of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1, Properties of reinforcement

Product form Bars and de-coild rods

Class B C
Characteristic yield strenght fyk or f0,2k (N/mm )
2 Benefits: 400 to 600
• Europ ≥1,15
Minimum value of k=(ft /fy)k
≥1,08 <1,35
Characteristic strain at maximum force εuk (%) ≥5,0 ≥7,5
Bendability Bend / Rebend test
Nominal bar size (mm)
Maximum deviation from nominal mass
≤8 ±6,0
(individual bar) (%)
>8 ±4,5

Abstact of EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.2N, Properties of reinforcement

Product form Bars and de-coild rods

Class B C
Nominal diameter
of the rebar (mm)
Min. value of related rip area fRmin
8 to 12 0,040
>12 0,056
Rib height of the bar shall be in the range: 0,05d ≤ h ≤ 0,07d
VM 250 R

(d: Nominal diameter of the bar; h: Rip height of the bar).

160
 Properties of adhesive

Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects

Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects

Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 14.7 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 100 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of Elasticity DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 14.09 GPa
Modified transient plane source
Thermal conductivity 0.66 / 0.63 W/mK
method
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 3.6 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.77 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / Impermeability DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
Open time (10-20°C) 15 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are

VM 250 R
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

161
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR

Working time and curing time

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-10°C to -4°C1) 90 min 24 h 48 h
-5°C to -1°C 90 min 14Benefits:
h 28 h
0°C to 4°C 45 min 7• Europ
h 14 h
5°C to 10°C 25 min 2h 4h
10°C to 19°C 15 min 80 min 160 min
20°C to 29°C 6 min 45 min 90 min
30°C to 34°C 4 min 25 min 50 min
35°C to 39°C 4 min 20 min 40 min
≥ 40°C 1.5 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 15°C

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
diameter
VM 250 R

Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] = hef

Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 0.80 0.96 1.11 1.27 1.45 2.21 2.70 4.30 5.64
embedment depth
Assumed wastage of 15% included.

162
 Installation instruction

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Installation Control

Choose the right system tools. There is a system: drilling machine, drill
bit, hand-pump, brush, brush diameter
gauge.

Drill the hole with a hammer drill or comresses air drilling. Working length of drill bit must be
Drill bit diameter and its working length are determined bigger than the given drill hole
by the diameter and depth of the drill hole of the selected depth.
rebar. (see table rebar characteristics).

or Clean the bore hole with compressed air or hand pump Check the whole system on the site,
4x from the bottom of the drill hole. If the the drill hole the system includes the brush and
bottom is not reached use an extension. brush diameter gauge, the
For drill holes deeper then 240 mm you have to use compressor (air without oil).
comressed air.

VM 250 R
Check brush diameter and clean the hole 4x with drilling
machine or a battery screwdriver. If the bottom is not
reached use an extension.

or Clean the bore hole with compressed air or hand pump

4x from the bottom of the drill hole. If the the drill hole
bottom is not reached use an extension.
For drill holes deeper then 240 mm you have to use
compressed air.

Attach the supplied static-mixing nozzle to the cartridge Only use static-mixing nozzle of the
and insert the cartridge into the correct dispensing tool. system.
Do not modify the static-mixing nozzle.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new static-mixer shall be used.

163
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR
Installation Control

Marker the embedment depth on the reinforcment bar.

Benefits:
• Europ

Prior to dispensing into the anchor hole, squeeze out

separately a minimum of 3 strokes and discard
non-uniformly mixed adhesive components until the
mortar shows a consistent grey colour.

Prepare mortar cartridge with static mixer, extension pipe Marking the static mixing nozzle
and injection adapter. Use the right injection adapter for makes it easier to fill every hole with
the bore hole diameter. The length of the extension pipe the same volume.
has to appropriate to the drill hole depth. Marker on the
extension pipe according ETA -07/0313. Inject the motar
bubble-free by starting from the bottom of the drilled hole.
For overhead and horizontal installation and drilling holes
deeper than 240 mm a piston plug and the appropriate
mixer have to be used.
VM 250 R

While turning slightly push the reinforcing bar into bore Make sure that the embedment
hole to ensure uniform distribution of the adhesive until the depth is observed and that excess
embedment depth is reached. mortar is visible at the top of the
Excessive injection mortar must come out of the drill hole. hole.
If these requirements are not
maintained, the application has to
be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Observe working and curing time.

164
 Accessoires

Anchor type: VM 250 R

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 12 14 16 18 20 24 32 35 40
Drill depth h 0 / h1 [mm] = hef

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

Brush

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32

VM 250 R
Brush diameter db [mm] 14 16 18 20 22 26 34 37 41.5
Brush length lb [mm] = hef
Brush
0905 499 ...
...002 ...003 ...004 ...005

0905 489 ... ...012 ...016 ...025 ...028

Brush extension 0903 489 111
Brush diameter gauge 0903 489 099
SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0903 489 101

Blow-out (manual)

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001

165
 WIT-VM 250 WITH REBAR

Compressed-air cleaning

Rebar size Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14 Ø16 Ø20 Ø25 Ø28 Ø32
Jet nozzle 0903 489 210 0903 489 214 0903 489 217 0903 489 227

Thread adapter 0903 489 291 0903 489 292

Benefits:
Hose 0699 903 7 0699 903 13
• Europ

Injecting

Rebar size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 M30

Dispensing gun 0891 003

Dispensing gun Handy Max (420 ml) 0891 007 10

Mixer nozzle 0903 420 001

Mixer extension 0903 420 004

Injection adapter (repulsion piston) ...051 ...052
0903 488 ...
VM 250 R

166
 Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Accumulator acid ●
Acetic acid 40 ●
Acetic acid 10 ●
Acetone 10 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution 5 ●
Aniline 100 ●
Beer ●
Benzene (kp 100-140°F) 100 ●
Benzol 100 ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution ●
Calcium carbonate, suspended in water all ●
Calcium chloride, suspended in water ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water ●
Carbon tetrachloride 100 ●
Caustic soda solution 10 ●
Citric acid all ●
Diesel oil 100 ●
Ethyl alcohol, aqueous solution 50 ●
Formic acid 100 ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 30 ●
Freon ●
Fuel Oil ●
Gasoline (premium grade) 100 ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Hydraulic fluid conc. ●
Hydrochloric acid (Muriatic Acid) conc. ●
Hydrogen peroxide 30 ●
Isopropyl alcohol 100 ●
Lactic acid all ●
Linseed oil 100 ●
Lubricating oil 100 ●

VM 250 R
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol 100 ●
Motor oil (SAE 20 W-50) 100 ●
Nitric acid 10 ●
Oleic acid 100 ●
Perchloroethylene 100 ●
Petroleum 100 ●
Phenol, aqueous solution 8 ●
Phosphoric acid 85 ●
Potash lye (Potassium hydroxide) 10 ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium carbonate all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Standard Benzine 100 ●
Sulfuric acid 10 ●
Sulfuric acid 70 ●
Tartaric acid all ●
Tetrachloroethylene 100 ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene 100 ●
Turpentine 100 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive during a
spill).

167
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
W-VIZ-A/S
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 – M24 Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
W-VIZ-A/F Benefits:
• Europ

Benefits:
• The cost-efficient anchor with its small anchorage
Hot-dipped: M8 – M24 depth is designed to anchor high loading capacities.
• The injected mortar seals the drill hole and thus avoids
WIT-VM100 WIT-EXPRESS corrosion.
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• Because of the optimized unit of cone bolt and
adhesive the cleaning efforts are low and
consequently the installation is speedily and safely
finished.

Applications
W-VIZ/S

Approvals and Certificates

LEED
tested

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001--T2,T5 and TR018 ETA-04/0095 / 2013-06-13
Approval
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig DIN EN 1363-1: 1999-10 (3714/0105)-CM / 2012-09-06
Test report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 LEED G15982Q / 2013-06-14

168
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an
anchor rod W-VIZ-A/S or W-VIZ-A/F and injection
mortar WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and
diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 16.4 22.0 30.9 30.9 41.3 44.5 66.6
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 14.6 14.6 23.2 23.2 33.7 33.7 33.7
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 12.3 19.5 28.0 29.5 34.9 41.0 48.2
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 14.6 14.6 23.2 23.2 33.7 33.7 33.7

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

W-VIZ/S
Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 66.6 67.4 67.4 67.4 68.1 88.6 114.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 33.7 33.7 33.7 33.7 62.8 62.8 62.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 51.6 67.2 67.2 67.2 49.0 74.8 108.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 33.7 33.7 33.7 33.7 62.8 62.8 62.8

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 114.0 109.4 196.0 196.0 146.2 247.7 247.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 62.8 68.6 98.0 98.0 140.8 140.8 140.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 108.7 103.3 149.6 149.6 146.2 200.9 200.9
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 62.8 68.6 98.0 98.0 140.8 140.8 140.8

169
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.0 Benefits:
17.9 23.5 25.0 32.8 29.6 36.1
C50/60 NRk [kN] 14.0
• Europ
18.0 25.0 25.0 35.0 45.8 54.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 34.0 34.0 34.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.1 12.8 16.8 23.4 23.4 21.1 25.8
C50/60 NRk [kN] 9.4 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 21.8 26.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 34.0 34.0 34.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 40.0 50.5 50.0 50.0 43.1 54.3 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 54.0 57.0 57.0 57.0 66.8 84.2 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 63.0 63.0 63.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 33.4 36.1 41.6 50.4 30.8 38.8 50.4
W-VIZ/S

C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 61.6 63.0 63.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 75.0 62.3 111.9 132.3 111.9 142.8 170.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 111.0 96.0 173.5 188.0 173.5 221.4 222.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 63.0 70.0 149.0 149.0 178.0 178.0 178.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 63.0 44.5 80.0 94.5 80.0 102.0 121.7
C50/60 NRk [kN] 65.1 46.0 82.6 97.6 82.6 105.4 125.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 63.0 70.0 159.9 149.0 159.9 204.1 178.0

170
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 6.0 11.9 15.6 16.7 21.9 19.7 24.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 9.3 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 30.6 36.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 27.2 27.2 27.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2
C50/60 NRd [kN] 9.4 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 21.8 26.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 27.2 27.2 27.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 26.7 33.7 33.3 33.3 28.7 36.2 47.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 36.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 44.6 56.1 72.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 50.4 50.4 50.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1

W-VIZ/S
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 41.1 50.4 50.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 50.0 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 74.0 57.1 115.7 125.3 115.7 147.6 148.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 50.4 50.0 119.2 119.2 142.4 142.4 142.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
C50/60 NRd [kN] 65.1 46.0 82.6 97.6 82.6 105.4 125.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 50.4 50.0 106.6 119.2 106.6 136.0 142.4

171
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 Benefits:
8.5 11.2 11.9 15.6 14.1 17.2
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.6 • Europ
8.6 11.9 11.9 16.7 21.8 25.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 19.4 19.4 19.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 6.1 8.0 11.2 11.2 10.1 12.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.7 8.6 11.9 11.9 16.7 15.6 19.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 19.4 19.4 19.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 19.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 20.5 25.9 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 25.7 27.1 27.1 27.1 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 36.0 36.0 36.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 15.9 17.2 19.8 24.0 14.7 18.5 24.0
W-VIZ/S

C50/60 Nrec [kN] 24.7 26.6 27.1 27.1 22.7 28.6 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 29.3 36.0 36.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 35.7 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 52.9 40.8 82.6 89.5 82.6 105.4 105.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 36.0 35.7 85.1 85.1 101.7 101.7 101.7
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 30.0 21.2 38.1 45.0 38.1 48.6 58.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 46.5 32.8 59.0 69.7 59.0 75.3 89.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 36.0 35.7 76.1 85.1 76.1 97.2 101.7
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

172
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001. Design resistance according data
given in ETA-04/0095, issue 2013-06-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an anchor rod W-VIZ-A/S or W-VIZ-A/F and injection mortar
WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

W-VIZ/S
Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
NRd,s [kN] 10.0 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 32.7 36.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
NRd,s [kN] 36.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 58.7 63.3 74.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
NRd,s [kN] 74.0 57.1 125.3 125.3 148.0 148.0 148.0
173
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Benefits:
Non-cracked concrete
• Europ
N0Rd,p [kN] 6.0 11.9 15.6 21.9 21.9 19.7 24.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 26.7 33.7 33.3 33.3 28.7 36.2 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
W-VIZ/S

N0Rd,p [kN] 50.0 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6

Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

174
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 8.5 11.9 15.6 21.9 21.9 19.7 24.1
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 5.0 6.0 10.7 13.3 13.3 13.3 24.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 31.2 33.7 38.8 47.1 28.7 36.2 47.1
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 20.0 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 33.3 33.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete

W-VIZ/S
N0Rd,c [kN] 58.8 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 40.0 41.5 74.6 76.7 74.6 95.2 93.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2

175
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Benefits:
scr,N [mm] 120.0 150.0 180.0 225.0 225.0 210.0 240.0
• Europ
ccr,N [mm] 60.0 75.0 90.0 112.5 112.5 105.0 120.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
scr,N [mm] 285.0 300.0 330.0 375.0 270.0 315.0 375.0
ccr,N [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
scr,N [mm] 435.0 345.0 510.0 570.0 510.0 600.0 675.0
ccr,N [mm] 217.5 172.5 255.0 285.0 255.0 300.0 337.5

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

W-VIZ/S

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

176
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
scr,sp [mm] 120.0 150.0 180.0 225.0 225.0 210.0 240.0
ccr,sp [mm] 60.0 75.0 90.0 112.5 112.5 105.0 120.0
hmin [mm] 100 100 120 150 150 140 160

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
scr,sp [mm] 285.0 300.0 330.0 375.0 270.0 315.0 375.0

W-VIZ/S
ccr,sp [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 190 200 220 250 180 200 250

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
scr,sp [mm] 435.0 345.0 510.0 570.0 510.0 600.0 675.0
ccr,sp [mm] 217.5 172.5 255.0 285.0 255.0 300.0 337.5
hmin [mm] 290 230 340 380 340 400 450

177
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-VIZ/S

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

178
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
VRd,s [mm] 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 27.2 27.2 27.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
VRd,s [mm] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 50.4 50.4 50.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
VRd,s [mm] 50.4 50 119.2 119.2 142.4 142.4 142.4

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

W-VIZ/S
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

179
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

size
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] Benefits:
[kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked • Europ
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
40 3.4 2.4 3.5 2.5 2.7 2.8
45 3.9 2.8 4.1 2.9 3.1 3.3
50 4.5 3.2 4.7 3.3 5.1 3.6 5.3 3.8 5.3 3.8 3.9
55 5.2 3.7 5.4 3.8 5.7 4.1 6.0 4.2 6.0 4.2 6.1 4.3 4.4 4.4
60 5.8 4.1 6.0 4.3 6.4 4.5 6.7 4.8 6.7 4.8 6.8 4.8 5.0 5.0
65 6.5 4.6 6.7 4.8 7.1 5.0 7.4 5.3 7.4 5.3 7.5 5.3 5.5 5.5
70 7.2 5.1 7.4 5.3 7.9 5.6 8.2 5.8 8.2 5.8 8.3 5.9 6.0 6.0
75 7.9 5.6 8.1 5.8 8.6 6.1 9.0 6.4 9.0 6.4 9.1 6.4 6.6 6.6
80 8.6 6.1 8.9 6.3 9.4 6.7 9.8 6.9 9.8 6.9 9.9 7.0 7.2 7.2
85 9.3 6.6 9.7 6.8 10.2 7.2 10.6 7.5 10.6 7.5 10.7 7.6 7.8 7.8
90 10.1 7.2 10.4 7.4 11.0 7.8 11.4 8.1 11.4 8.1 11.6 8.2 8.4 8.4
95 10.9 7.7 11.2 8.0 11.8 8.4 12.3 8.7 12.3 8.7 12.4 8.8 9.0 9.0
100 11.7 8.3 12.1 8.5 12.7 9.0 13.2 9.3 13.2 9.3 13.3 9.4 9.6 9.6
110 13.3 9.4 13.7 9.7 14.4 10.2 15.0 10.6 15.0 10.6 15.1 10.7 10.9 10.9
120 15.0 10.6 15.5 11.0 16.2 11.5 16.8 11.9 16.8 11.9 17.0 12.0 12.3 12.3
130 16.8 11.9 17.3 12.2 18.1 12.8 18.7 13.3 18.7 13.3 18.9 13.4 13.7 13.7
140 18.6 13.2 19.2 13.6 20.0 14.2 20.7 14.7 20.7 14.7 20.9 14.8 15.1 15.1
150 20.5 14.5 21.1 14.9 22.0 15.6 22.7 16.1 22.7 16.1 22.9 16.2 16.6 16.6
W-VIZ/S

160 22.5 15.9 23.1 16.3 24.1 17.0 24.8 17.6 24.8 17.6 25.0 17.7 18.1 18.1
170 24.4 17.3 25.1 17.8 26.2 18.5 27.0 19.1 27.0 19.1 27.2 19.3 19.6 19.6
180 26.5 18.8 27.2 19.2 28.3 20.0 29.2 20.7 29.2 20.7 29.4 20.8 21.2 21.2
190 28.6 20.2 29.3 20.8 30.5 21.6 31.4 22.2 31.4 22.2 31.6 22.4 22.8 22.8
200 30.7 21.8 31.5 22.3 32.7 23.2 33.7 23.9 33.7 23.9 34.0 24.0 24.5 24.5
250 42.1 29.8 43.0 30.5 44.6 31.6 45.8 32.5 45.8 32.5 46.2 32.7 33.3 33.3
300 54.5 38.6 55.7 39.4 57.6 40.8 59.1 41.8 59.1 41.8 59.4 42.1 42.8 42.8
350 67.9 48.1 69.3 49.1 71.5 50.7 73.2 51.9 73.2 51.9 73.7 52.2 53.0 53.0
400 82.1 58.2 83.7 59.3 86.3 61.2 88.3 62.5 88.3 62.5 88.8 62.9 63.8 63.8
450 97.2 68.8 99.0 70.1 102.0 72.2 104.2 73.8 104.2 73.8 104.8 74.2 75.3 75.3
500 113.0 80.0 115.0 81.5 118.4 83.8 120.9 85.6 120.9 85.6 121.5 86.1 87.2 87.2
550 129.6 91.8 131.8 93.4 135.5 96.0 138.3 97.9 138.3 97.9 139.0 98.5 99.8 99.8
600 146.8 104.0 149.3 105.8 153.4 108.6 156.4 110.8 156.4 110.8 157.2 111.4 112.8 112.8
650 171.9 121.8 175.2 124.1 175.2 124.1 176.1 124.7 126.3 126.3
700 191.1 135.3 194.6 137.9 194.6 137.9 195.6 138.5 140.2 140.2
750 214.7 152.1 214.7 152.1 215.7 152.8 154.6 154.6
800 236.5 167.5 169.4 169.4

180
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

size
hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
50 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.5

55 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 5.0
60 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8
65 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 6.1 6.1 6.4 6.4
70 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.7 6.7 7.1 7.1
75 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.4 7.4 7.7 7.7
80 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 8.0 8.0 8.3 8.3
85 8.1 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.6 8.6 9.0 9.0
90 8.7 8.7 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.1 9.1 9.0 9.0 9.3 9.3 9.7 9.7
95 9.3 9.3 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.6 9.9 9.9 10.3 10.3
100 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.6 10.6 11.0 11.0
110 11.3 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.7 11.6 11.6 12.0 12.0 12.5 12.5
120 12.7 12.7 12.8 12.8 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.0 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.9 13.9
130 14.1 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.5 14.5 14.9 14.9 15.4 15.4
140 15.5 15.5 15.7 15.7 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.0 16.4 16.4 17.0 17.0
150 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.5 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.5 17.5 18.0 18.0 18.6 18.6
160 18.6 18.6 18.7 18.7 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.2 19.1 19.1 19.6 19.6 20.2 20.2
170 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.7 20.7 20.9 20.9 20.7 20.7 21.2 21.2 21.9 21.9
180 21.8 21.8 22.0 22.0 22.3 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.3 22.3 22.9 22.9 23.6 23.6
190 23.4 23.4 23.6 23.6 24.0 24.0 24.2 24.2 24.0 24.0 24.6 24.6 25.4 25.4
200 25.1 25.1 25.3 25.3 25.7 25.7 25.9 25.9 25.7 25.7 26.3 26.3 27.1 27.1

W-VIZ/S
250 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.8 34.8 35.1 35.1 34.8 34.8 35.6 35.6 36.6 36.6
300 43.7 43.7 44.0 44.0 44.6 44.6 44.9 44.9 44.6 44.6 45.5 45.5 46.7 46.7
350 54.1 54.1 54.4 54.4 55.1 55.1 55.5 55.5 55.1 55.1 56.2 56.2 57.6 57.6
400 65.1 65.1 65.5 65.5 66.2 66.2 66.7 66.7 66.2 66.2 67.5 67.5 69.1 69.1
450 76.7 76.7 77.1 77.1 77.9 77.9 78.5 78.5 78.0 78.0 79.4 79.4 81.2 81.2
500 88.8 88.8 89.3 89.3 90.2 90.2 90.9 90.9 90.3 90.3 91.9 91.9 93.8 93.8
550 101.5 101.5 102.0 102.0 103.1 103.1 103.8 103.8 103.1 103.1 104.9 104.9 107.0 107.0
600 114.7 114.7 115.3 115.3 116.4 116.4 117.2 117.2 116.4 116.4 118.4 118.4 120.7 120.7
650 128.3 128.3 129.0 129.0 130.2 130.2 131.1 131.1 130.3 130.3 132.4 132.4 134.9 134.9
700 142.4 142.4 143.1 143.1 144.5 144.5 145.4 145.4 144.5 144.5 146.8 146.8 149.6 149.6
750 157.0 157.0 157.8 157.8 159.2 159.2 160.2 160.2 159.3 159.3 161.7 161.7 164.7 164.7
800 172.0 172.0 172.8 172.8 174.3 174.3 175.5 175.5 174.4 174.4 177.0 177.0 180.2 180.2
850 187.4 187.4 188.3 188.3 189.9 189.9 191.1 191.1 190.0 190.0 192.8 192.8 196.2 196.2
900 203.2 203.2 204.1 204.1 205.8 205.8 207.2 207.2 205.9 205.9 208.9 208.9 212.5 212.5
950 219.4 219.4 220.4 220.4 222.2 222.2 223.6 223.6 222.3 222.3 225.5 225.5 229.2 229.2
1000 237.0 237.0 238.9 238.9 240.4 240.4 239.1 239.1 242.4 242.4 246.4 246.4
1100 273.5 273.5 275.2 275.2 281.7 281.7
1200 311.3 311.3 318.5 318.5

181
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

size
hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked Benefits:
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
60 6,1 6,1
• Europ
65 6,7 6,7
70 7,3 7,3
75 8,0 8,0
80 8,6 8,6 8,5 8,5 9,6 9,6 10,0 10,0 9,8 9,8 10,4 10,6
85 9,3 9,3 9,1 9,1 10,4 10,4 10,7 10,7 10,6 10,6 11,1 11,3
90 10,0 10,0 9,8 9,8 11,1 11,1 11,5 11,5 11,3 11,3 11,9 12,1
95 10,7 10,7 10,5 10,5 11,9 11,9 12,3 12,3 12,1 12,1 12,7 12,9
100 11,4 11,4 11,2 11,2 12,6 12,6 13,0 13,0 12,8 12,8 13,5 13,7
110 12,9 12,9 12,6 12,6 14,2 14,2 14,6 14,6 14,4 14,4 15,1 15,1 15,4 15,4
120 14,4 14,4 14,1 14,1 15,8 15,8 16,3 16,3 16,0 16,0 16,8 16,8 17,0 17,0
130 15,9 15,9 15,7 15,7 17,4 17,4 17,9 17,9 17,7 17,7 18,5 18,5 18,8 18,8
140 17,5 17,5 17,2 17,2 19,1 19,1 19,7 19,7 19,4 19,4 20,2 20,2 20,6 20,6
150 19,1 19,1 18,9 18,9 20,8 20,8 21,4 21,4 21,1 21,1 22,0 22,0 22,4 22,4
160 20,8 20,8 20,5 20,5 22,6 22,6 23,2 23,2 22,9 22,9 23,9 23,9 24,2 24,2
170 22,5 22,5 22,2 22,2 24,4 24,4 25,1 25,1 24,8 24,8 25,7 25,7 26,1 26,1
180 24,3 24,3 23,9 23,9 26,3 26,3 26,9 26,9 26,6 26,6 27,6 27,6 28,1 28,1
190 26,0 26,0 25,7 25,7 28,1 28,1 28,8 28,8 28,5 28,5 29,6 29,6 30,0 30,0
200 27,9 27,9 27,5 27,5 30,1 30,1 30,8 30,8 30,5 30,5 31,6 31,6 32,0 32,0
250 37,4 37,4 37,0 37,0 40,1 40,1 41,0 41,0 40,6 40,6 42,0 42,0 42,5 42,5
300 47,8 47,8 47,2 47,2 51,0 51,0 52,0 52,0 51,6 51,6 53,2 53,2 53,8 53,8
350 58,8 58,8 58,2 58,2 62,5 62,5 63,7 63,7 63,2 63,2 65,0 65,0 65,8 65,8
W-VIZ/S

400 70,5 70,5 69,8 69,8 74,7 74,7 76,1 76,1 75,5 75,5 77,6 77,6 78,5 78,5
450 82,7 82,7 82,0 82,0 87,5 87,5 89,0 89,0 88,4 88,4 90,7 90,7 91,7 91,7
500 95,6 95,6 94,7 94,7 100,9 100,9 102,6 102,6 101,8 101,8 104,4 104,4 105,5 105,5
550 108,9 108,9 108,0 108,0 114,8 114,8 116,6 116,6 115,8 115,8 118,6 118,6 119,9 119,9
600 122,8 122,8 121,8 121,8 129,2 129,2 131,2 131,2 130,3 130,3 133,4 133,4 134,7 134,7
650 137,2 137,2 136,1 136,1 144,1 144,1 146,3 146,3 145,3 145,3 148,6 148,6 150,1 150,1
700 152,0 152,0 150,8 150,8 159,4 159,4 161,8 161,8 160,7 160,7 164,3 164,3 165,9 165,9
750 167,3 167,3 166,0 166,0 175,3 175,3 177,8 177,8 176,7 176,7 180,5 180,5 182,2 182,2
800 183,0 183,0 181,7 181,7 191,5 191,5 194,2 194,2 193,0 193,0 197,1 197,1 198,9 198,9
850 199,1 199,1 197,7 197,7 208,2 208,2 211,0 211,0 209,8 209,8 214,1 214,1 216,1 216,1
900 215,6 215,6 214,2 214,2 225,3 225,3 228,3 228,3 227,0 227,0 231,6 231,6 233,6 233,6
950 232,6 232,6 231,0 231,0 242,8 242,8 245,9 245,9 244,6 244,6 249,4 249,4 251,6 251,6
1000 249,9 249,9 248,3 248,3 260,6 260,6 264,0 264,0 262,5 262,5 267,6 267,6 269,9 269,9
1100 285,6 285,6 283,8 283,8 297,5 297,5 301,2 301,2 299,6 299,6 305,2 305,2 307,7 307,7
1200 322,8 322,8 320,8 320,8 335,8 335,8 339,8 339,8 338,1 338,1 344,2 344,2 347,0 347,0
1300 361,3 361,3 359,2 359,2 375,4 375,4 379,8 379,8 377,9 377,9 384,6 384,6 387,6 387,6
1400 401,1 401,1 416,4 416,4 421,1 421,1 419,1 419,1 426,3 426,3 429,6 429,6
1500 458,6 458,6 463,7 463,7 461,6 461,6 469,2 469,2 472,8 472,8
1600 502,1 502,1 507,5 507,5 505,2 505,2 513,4 513,4 517,3 517,3
1700 546,7 546,7 552,5 552,5 550,1 550,1 558,8 558,8 562,9 562,9
1800 598,6 598,6 605,3 605,3 609,7 609,7
1900 645,9 645,9 653,0 653,0 657,6 657,6
2000 701,7 701,7 706,6 706,6
2100 756,69 756,69
2200 807,78 807,78

182
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-VIZ/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

183
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-VIZ/S

184
 Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225

Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26 26

Drill depth h0 [mm] 42 55 65 80 80 75 85 100 105 115 130 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 185 215 240
Page 13 of European technical approval
Drill hole depth for through Page 13 of European technical approval
ETA-04/0095
td [mm]
of 13 June 2013 - -
ETA-04/0095 of 13 June 2013 td = h0 + tfix
fixing
English translation prepared by DIBt English translation prepared by DIBt
Brush diameter D≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 23.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 27.0 27.0

Clearance-hole in fixture to be
24 24
Anchor characteristics

attached df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 26
(22) (22)
Pre-positioned installation
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Clearance-hole in fixture to be
attached df [mm] - - 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 26 26 28 28 28
In-place installation1)

Wrench size SW [mm] 13 13 17 17 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 10 15 15 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 100 120 120

Min. thickness of concrete

hmin [mm] 80 80 100 110 110 110 110 130 130 140 160 130 150 170 190 160 230 250 230 270 300
member

Non-cracked concrete

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 50 50 50 55 55 55 80 80 80 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 105 105

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 40 50 50 50 55 55 55 55 55 55 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 105 105

Cracked concrete

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 40 40 50 55 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 40 40 40 50 55 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80

Use category

Dry concret yes yes

Wet concrete yes yes

Flooded drill hole no yes

1)
The annular gap has to be entirely filled without voids.

Pre-positioned insatallation In-place installation

size M20 + M24 size M20 + M24

hef ≥ 0.5 tfix ≥ 0.5 tfix

df
df
df
df

d0
h0 ttfixfix ttfixfix ttfixfix tfixfix

(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$

185
h W-VIZ/S
 W-VIZ/S

186
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
depth

Governing cross section

Stressed cross
As [mm²] 18.9 22.9 32.2 32.2 43.0 62.2 69.4 69.4 77.0 77.0 77.0 111.2 120.8 141.0 141.0 162.9 237.8 237.8 280.6 280.6 280.6
section

Section Modulus W [mm³] 11.6 15.5 25.7 25.7 39.8 69.2 81.5 81.5 95.3 95.3 95.3 165.4 187.2 236.2 236.2 293.1 517.2 517.2 662.8 662.8 662.8

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 400 640 640 640 640 640
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 560 800 800 800 800 800
Mechanical characteristics

Stressed cross section of threaded part

Stressed cross
As [mm²] 36.6 36.6 58.0 58.0 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 157.0 157.0 157.0 157.0 245.0 245.0 245.0 352.0 352.0 352.0
section

Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 31.2 62.3 62.3 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 277.5 277.5 277.5 277.5 540.9 540.9 540.9 931.5 931.5 931.5
W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 400 640 640 640 640 640

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 560 800 800 800 800 800

Design bending
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 24 48 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 213 213 213 213 280 415 415 717 717 717
moment
• Europ
Benefits:
 Material specification of anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated
Anchor rod Steel acc. to EN 10087,
galvanised and coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class acc. to 8 EN ISO 898-2,
galvanised
Washer Steel,
galvanised
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm
Anchor rod Steel acc. to EN 10087,
hot-dip galvanised and coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class acc. to 8 EN ISO 898-2,
hot-dip galvanised
Washer Steel,
galvanised
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10

W-VIZ/S

187
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F

Properties of adhesive

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C
Benefits: +120 °C

• Europ
Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 19.2 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 96.1 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 13.79 GPa
Elasticity
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.88 / 0.82 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.8 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.74 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
Watertightness / DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm
W-VIZ/S

Impermeability
Open time (10-20°C) 6 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

188
 Working time and curing time

WIT--VM100

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-5°C 90 min 6h 12 h
-4°C bis -1°C 45 min 6h 12 h
0°C bis 4°C 20 min 3h 6h
5°C bis 9°C 12 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 6 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 4 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 2 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 1.4 min 20 min 40 min
40°C 1.4 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.

WIT-EXPRESS

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-5°C 40 min 4h 8h
-4°C bis -1°C 20 min 4h 8h
0°C bis 4°C 10 min 2h 4h
5°C bis 9°C 6 min 1h 2h

W-VIZ/S
10°C bis 19°C 3 min 40 min 80 min
20°C bis 29°C 1 min 20 min 40 min
30°C 1 min 10 min 20 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.

189
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Installation instruction

Hammer drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. Benefits: There is a clearly defined set of tools
• Europ for producing a safe fixture: drilling ma-
chine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush, brush
diameter gauge.
(See table „Accessories“).
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit. depth.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth (see table
„Anchor characteristics“).

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
W-VIZ/S

Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and
removing it.
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush,
a brush extension shall be used.
The brush must produce natural
resistance as it enters the drill hole
- if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

190
Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm
adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, Marking the mixing nozzle makes
slowly withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.

Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

W-VIZ/S
Remove excess mortar.

After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using
loaded. a calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).

191
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F
Diamond core drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. There is a clearly defined set of tools

for producing a safe fixture: drilling
machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
Benefits:
brush diameter gauge.
• Europ
(See table „Accessories“).
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.

Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a Working length of drill bit must be
diamond drill bit. bigger than the given drill hole
(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table depth.
„Anchor characteristics“).
Remove drill core at least up to the nominal hole depth
and check drill hole depth.

Flush drill hole with water, starting from the bottom, until
clear water gets out of the drill hole.
W-VIZ/S

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
(use compressed air min. 6 bar)
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.

Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

192
Discard initial adhesive.
An initial amount of 10cm adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.

Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

W-VIZ/S
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).

193
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 24 36
diameter Benefits:
Drill depth h0 / h 1 [mm] • Europ
Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 1.05 1.20 1.20 1.50 2.29 2.30 2.30
embedment depth
Included assumed wastage: 15 % .
W-VIZ/S

194
 Accessoires

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 24 26
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h 1 [mm]
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 30 36
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 15 25/30 50 80 80 120

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

W-VIZ/S
Brush

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Brush diameter ≥db [mm] 10,8 13 15 19 23 25 27
Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300 300
Brush
0905 499 ...
... 001 ...002 ...003 ...004 ...007 ...005 ...006

Brush extension 0905 499 111

Brush diameter gauge 0905 499 099
SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 102
Hex adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 101

Blow-out (manual)

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001
Reducing adapter for M8 ...202
0905 499 ...

195
 W-VIZ-A/S AND W-VIZ-A/F

Compressed-air cleaning

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Jet nozzle 0903 489 217
Thread adapter 0903 489 291
Benefits:
Hose 0699 903 7
• Europ

Injecting

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Dispensing gun 0891 003
Dispensing gun HandMax 0891 007
Mixer nozzle 0903 420 001
Mixer extension 0903 420 004
W-VIZ/S

196
 Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Acetic acid >40 ●
Acetic acid 10 ●
Acetone 5 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution Conc. ●
Aniline ●
Calcium hydroxide ●
Carbon tetrachloride ●
Diesel fuel ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution all ●
Glycol ●
Formic acid 30 ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water all ●
Caustic soda solution all ●
Citric acid 50 ●
Hydrochloric acid all ●
Lactic acid <80 ●
Sea water ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 20 ●
Fuel Oil ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Isopropyl alcohol ●
Linseed oil ●
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol ●
Nitric acid 30 ●
Oleic acid ●
Phenol, aqueous solution all ●
Phosphoric acid <80 ●
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●

W-VIZ/S
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid <50 ●
Tartaric acid ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene ●
Ethanol 96 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).

197
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
W-VIZ-A/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
W-VIZ-A/HCR Benefits:
• Europ

Benefits:
• The cost-efficient anchor with its small anchorage
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 depth is designed to anchor high loading capacities.
• The injected mortar seals the drill hole and thus avoids
WIT-VM100 WIT-EXPRESS corrosion.
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• Because of the optimized unit of cone bolt and
adhesive the cleaning efforts are low and
consequently the installation is speedily and safely
finished.

Applications
W-VIZ/A4

Approvals and Certificates

LEED
tested

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt. Berlin ETAG 001-T2, T5 and TR018 ETA-04/0095 / 2013-06-13
Approval
Fire resistance iBMB. Braunschweig DIN EN 1363-1: 1999-10 (3714/0105)-CM / 2012-09-06
Test report LEED eurofins Leed 2009 EQ c4.1 LEED G15982Q / 2013-06-14

198
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck.cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck.cube = 60 N/mm².
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an
anchor rod W-VIZ-A/A4 or W-VIZ-A/HCR and
injection mortar WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and
diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 16.4 22.0 30.9 30.9 41.3 44.5 66.6
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 17.6 17.6 27.8 27.8 40.5 40.5 40.5
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 12.3 19.5 28.0 29.5 34.9 41.0 48.2
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 17.6 17.6 27.8 27.8 40.5 40.5 40.5

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

W-VIZ/A4
Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 66.6 67.4 67.4 67.4 68.1 88.6 114.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 40.5 40.5 40.5 40.5 75.4 75.4 75.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 51.6 67.2 67.2 67.2 49.0 74.8 108.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 40.5 40.5 40.5 40.5 75.4 75.4 75.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 NRk [kN] 114.0 118.2 171.5 171.5 146.2 235.7 235.7
Shear ≥ C25/30 VRk [kN] 75.4 102.9 102.9 102.9 147.8 147.8 147.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 NRk [kN] 108.7 103.3 149.6 149.6 146.2 200.9 200.9
Shear ≥ C25/30 VRk [kN] 75.4 102.9 102.9 102.9 147.8 147.8 147.8

199
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.0 17.9 23.5 25.0 32.8 29.6 36.1
• Europ
C50/60 NRk [kN] 14.0 18.0 25.0 25.0 35.0 45.8 54.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 15.0 23.0 23.0 34.0 34.0 34.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.1 12.8 16.8 23.4 23.4 21.1 25.8
C50/60 NRk [kN] 9.4 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 21.8 26.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 15.0 23.0 23.0 34.0 34.0 34.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 40.0 50.5 50.0 50.0 43.1 54.3 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 54.0 57.0 57.0 57.0 66.8 84.2 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 63.0 63.0 63.0
Cracked concrete
W-VIZ/A4

Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 33.4 36.1 41.6 50.4 30.8 38.8 50.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 34.0 34.0 34.0 34.0 61.6 63.0 63.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 75.0 62.3 111.9 132.3 111.9 142.8 170.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 111.0 96.0 173.5 188.0 173.5 221.4 222.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 63.0 86.0 131.0 131.0 156.0 156.0 156.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 63.0 44.5 80.0 94.5 80.0 102.0 121.7
C50/60 NRk [kN] 65.1 46.0 82.6 97.6 82.6 105.4 125.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 63.0 89.0 131.0 131.0 159.9 156.0 156.0

200
Design resistance

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 6.0 11.9 15.6 16.7 21.9 19.7 24.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 9.3 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 30.6 36.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 12.0 12.0 18.4 18.4 27.2 27.2 27.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2
C50/60 NRd [kN] 9.4 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 21.8 26.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 12.0 12.0 18.4 18.4 27.2 27.2 27.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 26.7 33.7 33.3 33.3 28.7 36.2 47.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 36.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 44.6 56.1 72.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 50.4 50.4 50.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 34.5 37.3 38.0 38.0 31.8 40.1 52.1

W-VIZ/A4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 41.1 50.4 50.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 50.0 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
C50/60 NRd [kN] 74.0 57.1 115.7 125.3 115.7 147.6 148.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 50.4 61.4 104.8 104.8 124.8 124.8 124.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
C50/60 NRd [kN] 65.1 46.0 82.6 97.6 82.6 105.4 125.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 50.4 59.3 104.8 104.8 106.6 124.8 124.8

201
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 Benefits:
8.5 11.2 11.9 15.6 14.1 17.2
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.6 • Europ
8.6 11.9 11.9 16.7 21.8 25.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 8.6 13.1 13.1 19.4 19.4 19.4
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 6.1 8.0 11.2 11.2 10.1 12.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.7 8.6 11.9 11.9 16.7 15.6 19.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 8.6 13.1 13.1 19.4 19.4 19.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 19.0 24.0 23.8 23.8 20.5 25.9 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 25.7 27.1 27.1 27.1 31.8 40.1 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 36.0 36.0 36.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 15.9 17.2 19.8 24.0 14.7 18.5 24.0
W-VIZ/A4

C50/60 Nrec [kN] 24.7 26.6 27.1 27.1 22.7 28.6 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 29.3 36.0 36.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 35.7 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 52.9 40.8 82.6 89.5 82.6 105.4 105.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 36.0 43.9 74.9 74.9 89.1 89.1 89.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 30.0 21.2 38.1 45.0 38.1 48.6 58.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 46.5 32.8 59.0 69.7 59.0 75.3 89.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 36.0 42.4 74.9 74.9 76.1 89.1 89.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

202
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001. Design resistance according data
given in ETA-04/0095, issue 2013-06-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Bonding expansion system W-VIZ consists of an anchor rod W-VIZ-A/A4 or W-VIZ-A/HCR and injection mortar
WIT-VM100 or WIT-EXPRESS.
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer and diamond core drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Combined Pull out and concrete cone failure:

W-VIZ/A4
Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
NRd,s [kN] 10.0 12.0 16.7 16.7 23.3 32.7 36.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
NRd,s [kN] 36.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 58.7 63.3 74.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
NRd,s [kN] 74.0 67.9 110.0 110.0 129.3 129.3 129.3
203
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Benefits:
Non-cracked concrete
• Europ
N0Rd,p [kN] 6.0 11.9 15.6 21.9 21.9 19.7 24.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 26.7 33.7 33.3 33.3 28.7 36.2 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete
W-VIZ/A4

N0Rd,p [kN] 50.0 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6

Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

204
Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 8.5 11.9 15.6 21.9 21.9 19.7 24.1
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 5.0 6.0 10.7 13.3 13.3 13.3 24.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 6.1 8.5 11.2 15.6 15.6 14.1 17.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 31.2 33.7 38.8 47.1 28.7 36.2 47.1
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 20.0 26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7 33.3 33.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 22.3 24.0 27.7 33.6 20.5 25.9 33.6

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Non-cracked concrete

W-VIZ/A4
N0Rd,c [kN] 58.8 41.5 74.6 88.2 74.6 95.2 113.6
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 40.0 41.5 74.6 76.7 74.6 95.2 93.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 42.0 29.7 53.3 63.0 53.3 68.0 81.2

205
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Benefits:
scr,N [mm] 120.0 150.0 180.0 225.0 225.0 210.0 240.0
• Europ
ccr,N [mm] 60.0 75.0 90.0 112.5 112.5 105.0 120.0

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
scr,N [mm] 285.0 300.0 330.0 375.0 270.0 315.0 375.0
ccr,N [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
scr,N [mm] 435.0 345.0 510.0 570.0 510.0 600.0 675.0
ccr,N [mm] 217.5 172.5 255.0 285.0 255.0 300.0 337.5

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

W-VIZ/A4

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

206
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
scr,sp [mm] 120.0 150.0 180.0 225.0 225.0 210.0 240.0
ccr,sp [mm] 60.0 75.0 90.0 112.5 112.5 105.0 120.0
hmin [mm] 100 100 120 150 150 140 160

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
scr,sp [mm] 285.0 300.0 330.0 375.0 270.0 315.0 375.0

W-VIZ/A4
ccr,sp [mm] 142.5 150.0 165.0 187.5 135.0 157.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 190 200 220 250 180 200 250

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
scr,sp [mm] 435.0 345.0 510.0 570.0 510.0 600.0 675.0
ccr,sp [mm] 217.5 172.5 255.0 285.0 255.0 300.0 337.5
hmin [mm] 290 230 340 380 340 400 450

207
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1,sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2,sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy,sp
W-VIZ/A4

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

208
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
VRd,s [kN] 12 12 18.4 18.4 27.2 27.2 27.2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
VRd,s [kN] 27.2 27.2 27.2 27.2 50.4 50.4 50.4

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
VRd,s [kN] 50.4 61.43 104.8 104.8 124.8 124.8 124.8

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

W-VIZ/A4
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread size M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread size M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

209
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M12

Thread M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12

size
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] Benefits:
[kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked • Europ
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
40 3.4 2.4 3.5 2.5 2.7 2.8
45 3.9 2.8 4.1 2.9 3.1 3.3
50 4.5 3.2 4.7 3.3 5.1 3.6 5.3 3.8 5.3 3.8 3.9
55 5.2 3.7 5.4 3.8 5.7 4.1 6.0 4.2 6.0 4.2 6.1 4.3 4.4 4.4
60 5.8 4.1 6.0 4.3 6.4 4.5 6.7 4.8 6.7 4.8 6.8 4.8 5.0 5.0
65 6.5 4.6 6.7 4.8 7.1 5.0 7.4 5.3 7.4 5.3 7.5 5.3 5.5 5.5
70 7.2 5.1 7.4 5.3 7.9 5.6 8.2 5.8 8.2 5.8 8.3 5.9 6.0 6.0
75 7.9 5.6 8.1 5.8 8.6 6.1 9.0 6.4 9.0 6.4 9.1 6.4 6.6 6.6
80 8.6 6.1 8.9 6.3 9.4 6.7 9.8 6.9 9.8 6.9 9.9 7.0 7.2 7.2
85 9.3 6.6 9.7 6.8 10.2 7.2 10.6 7.5 10.6 7.5 10.7 7.6 7.8 7.8
90 10.1 7.2 10.4 7.4 11.0 7.8 11.4 8.1 11.4 8.1 11.6 8.2 8.4 8.4
95 10.9 7.7 11.2 8.0 11.8 8.4 12.3 8.7 12.3 8.7 12.4 8.8 9.0 9.0
100 11.7 8.3 12.1 8.5 12.7 9.0 13.2 9.3 13.2 9.3 13.3 9.4 9.6 9.6
110 13.3 9.4 13.7 9.7 14.4 10.2 15.0 10.6 15.0 10.6 15.1 10.7 10.9 10.9
120 15.0 10.6 15.5 11.0 16.2 11.5 16.8 11.9 16.8 11.9 17.0 12.0 12.3 12.3
130 16.8 11.9 17.3 12.2 18.1 12.8 18.7 13.3 18.7 13.3 18.9 13.4 13.7 13.7
140 18.6 13.2 19.2 13.6 20.0 14.2 20.7 14.7 20.7 14.7 20.9 14.8 15.1 15.1
150 20.5 14.5 21.1 14.9 22.0 15.6 22.7 16.1 22.7 16.1 22.9 16.2 16.6 16.6
W-VIZ/A4

160 22.5 15.9 23.1 16.3 24.1 17.0 24.8 17.6 24.8 17.6 25.0 17.7 18.1 18.1
170 24.4 17.3 25.1 17.8 26.2 18.5 27.0 19.1 27.0 19.1 27.2 19.3 19.6 19.6
180 26.5 18.8 27.2 19.2 28.3 20.0 29.2 20.7 29.2 20.7 29.4 20.8 21.2 21.2
190 28.6 20.2 29.3 20.8 30.5 21.6 31.4 22.2 31.4 22.2 31.6 22.4 22.8 22.8
200 30.7 21.8 31.5 22.3 32.7 23.2 33.7 23.9 33.7 23.9 34.0 24.0 24.5 24.5
250 42.1 29.8 43.0 30.5 44.6 31.6 45.8 32.5 45.8 32.5 46.2 32.7 33.3 33.3
300 54.5 38.6 55.7 39.4 57.6 40.8 59.1 41.8 59.1 41.8 59.4 42.1 42.8 42.8
350 67.9 48.1 69.3 49.1 71.5 50.7 73.2 51.9 73.2 51.9 73.7 52.2 53.0 53.0
400 82.1 58.2 83.7 59.3 86.3 61.2 88.3 62.5 88.3 62.5 88.8 62.9 63.8 63.8
450 97.2 68.8 99.0 70.1 102.0 72.2 104.2 73.8 104.2 73.8 104.8 74.2 75.3 75.3
500 113.0 80.0 115.0 81.5 118.4 83.8 120.9 85.6 120.9 85.6 121.5 86.1 87.2 87.2
550 129.6 91.8 131.8 93.4 135.5 96.0 138.3 97.9 138.3 97.9 139.0 98.5 99.8 99.8
600 146.8 104.0 149.3 105.8 153.4 108.6 156.4 110.8 156.4 110.8 157.2 111.4 112.8 112.8
650 171.9 121.8 175.2 124.1 175.2 124.1 176.1 124.7 126.3 126.3
700 191.1 135.3 194.6 137.9 194.6 137.9 195.6 138.5 140.2 140.2
750 214.7 152.1 214.7 152.1 215.7 152.8 154.6 154.6
800 236.5 167.5 169.4 169.4

210
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M12 - M16

Thread M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16

size
hef [mm] 95 100 110 125 90 105 125
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
50 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.5

55 4.6 4.6 4.7 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 5.0
60 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.3 5.3 5.4 5.4 5.3 5.3 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.8
65 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 6.0 6.0 5.9 5.9 6.1 6.1 6.4 6.4
70 6.3 6.3 6.4 6.4 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.5 6.5 6.7 6.7 7.1 7.1
75 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.1 7.1 7.2 7.2 7.1 7.1 7.4 7.4 7.7 7.7
80 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.8 7.8 7.7 7.7 8.0 8.0 8.3 8.3
85 8.1 8.1 8.2 8.2 8.3 8.3 8.4 8.4 8.3 8.3 8.6 8.6 9.0 9.0
90 8.7 8.7 8.8 8.8 9.0 9.0 9.1 9.1 9.0 9.0 9.3 9.3 9.7 9.7
95 9.3 9.3 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.6 9.7 9.7 9.6 9.6 9.9 9.9 10.3 10.3
100 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.1 10.3 10.3 10.4 10.4 10.3 10.3 10.6 10.6 11.0 11.0
110 11.3 11.3 11.4 11.4 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.7 11.6 11.6 12.0 12.0 12.5 12.5
120 12.7 12.7 12.8 12.8 13.0 13.0 13.2 13.2 13.0 13.0 13.4 13.4 13.9 13.9
130 14.1 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.5 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.5 14.5 14.9 14.9 15.4 15.4
140 15.5 15.5 15.7 15.7 16.0 16.0 16.1 16.1 16.0 16.0 16.4 16.4 17.0 17.0
150 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.2 17.5 17.5 17.7 17.7 17.5 17.5 18.0 18.0 18.6 18.6
160 18.6 18.6 18.7 18.7 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.2 19.1 19.1 19.6 19.6 20.2 20.2
170 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.3 20.7 20.7 20.9 20.9 20.7 20.7 21.2 21.2 21.9 21.9
180 21.8 21.8 22.0 22.0 22.3 22.3 22.5 22.5 22.3 22.3 22.9 22.9 23.6 23.6
190 23.4 23.4 23.6 23.6 24.0 24.0 24.2 24.2 24.0 24.0 24.6 24.6 25.4 25.4
200 25.1 25.1 25.3 25.3 25.7 25.7 25.9 25.9 25.7 25.7 26.3 26.3 27.1 27.1

W-VIZ/A4
250 34.0 34.0 34.3 34.3 34.8 34.8 35.1 35.1 34.8 34.8 35.6 35.6 36.6 36.6
300 43.7 43.7 44.0 44.0 44.6 44.6 44.9 44.9 44.6 44.6 45.5 45.5 46.7 46.7
350 54.1 54.1 54.4 54.4 55.1 55.1 55.5 55.5 55.1 55.1 56.2 56.2 57.6 57.6
400 65.1 65.1 65.5 65.5 66.2 66.2 66.7 66.7 66.2 66.2 67.5 67.5 69.1 69.1
450 76.7 76.7 77.1 77.1 77.9 77.9 78.5 78.5 78.0 78.0 79.4 79.4 81.2 81.2
500 88.8 88.8 89.3 89.3 90.2 90.2 90.9 90.9 90.3 90.3 91.9 91.9 93.8 93.8
550 101.5 101.5 102.0 102.0 103.1 103.1 103.8 103.8 103.1 103.1 104.9 104.9 107.0 107.0
600 114.7 114.7 115.3 115.3 116.4 116.4 117.2 117.2 116.4 116.4 118.4 118.4 120.7 120.7
650 128.3 128.3 129.0 129.0 130.2 130.2 131.1 131.1 130.3 130.3 132.4 132.4 134.9 134.9
700 142.4 142.4 143.1 143.1 144.5 144.5 145.4 145.4 144.5 144.5 146.8 146.8 149.6 149.6
750 157.0 157.0 157.8 157.8 159.2 159.2 160.2 160.2 159.3 159.3 161.7 161.7 164.7 164.7
800 172.0 172.0 172.8 172.8 174.3 174.3 175.5 175.5 174.4 174.4 177.0 177.0 180.2 180.2
850 187.4 187.4 188.3 188.3 189.9 189.9 191.1 191.1 190.0 190.0 192.8 192.8 196.2 196.2
900 203.2 203.2 204.1 204.1 205.8 205.8 207.2 207.2 205.9 205.9 208.9 208.9 212.5 212.5
950 219.4 219.4 220.4 220.4 222.2 222.2 223.6 223.6 222.3 222.3 225.5 225.5 229.2 229.2
1000 237.0 237.0 238.9 238.9 240.4 240.4 239.1 239.1 242.4 242.4 246.4 246.4
1100 273.5 273.5 275.2 275.2 281.7 281.7
1200 311.3 311.3 318.5 318.5

211
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M16 - M24

Thread M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

size
hef [mm] 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked Benefits:
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
60 6.1 6.1
• Europ
65 6.7 6.7
70 7.3 7.3
75 8.0 8.0
80 8.6 8.6 8.5 8.5 9.6 9.6 10.0 10.0 9.8 9.8 10.4 10.6
85 9.3 9.3 9.1 9.1 10.4 10.4 10.7 10.7 10.6 10.6 11.1 11.3
90 10.0 10.0 9.8 9.8 11.1 11.1 11.5 11.5 11.3 11.3 11.9 12.1
95 10.7 10.7 10.5 10.5 11.9 11.9 12.3 12.3 12.1 12.1 12.7 12.9
100 11.4 11.4 11.2 11.2 12.6 12.6 13.0 13.0 12.8 12.8 13.5 13.7
110 12.9 12.9 12.6 12.6 14.2 14.2 14.6 14.6 14.4 14.4 15.1 15.1 15.4 15.4
120 14.4 14.4 14.1 14.1 15.8 15.8 16.3 16.3 16.0 16.0 16.8 16.8 17.0 17.0
130 15.9 15.9 15.7 15.7 17.4 17.4 17.9 17.9 17.7 17.7 18.5 18.5 18.8 18.8
140 17.5 17.5 17.2 17.2 19.1 19.1 19.7 19.7 19.4 19.4 20.2 20.2 20.6 20.6
150 19.1 19.1 18.9 18.9 20.8 20.8 21.4 21.4 21.1 21.1 22.0 22.0 22.4 22.4
160 20.8 20.8 20.5 20.5 22.6 22.6 23.2 23.2 22.9 22.9 23.9 23.9 24.2 24.2
170 22.5 22.5 22.2 22.2 24.4 24.4 25.1 25.1 24.8 24.8 25.7 25.7 26.1 26.1
180 24.3 24.3 23.9 23.9 26.3 26.3 26.9 26.9 26.6 26.6 27.6 27.6 28.1 28.1
190 26.0 26.0 25.7 25.7 28.1 28.1 28.8 28.8 28.5 28.5 29.6 29.6 30.0 30.0
200 27.9 27.9 27.5 27.5 30.1 30.1 30.8 30.8 30.5 30.5 31.6 31.6 32.0 32.0
250 37.4 37.4 37.0 37.0 40.1 40.1 41.0 41.0 40.6 40.6 42.0 42.0 42.5 42.5
300 47.8 47.8 47.2 47.2 51.0 51.0 52.0 52.0 51.6 51.6 53.2 53.2 53.8 53.8
350 58.8 58.8 58.2 58.2 62.5 62.5 63.7 63.7 63.2 63.2 65.0 65.0 65.8 65.8
W-VIZ/A4

400 70.5 70.5 69.8 69.8 74.7 74.7 76.1 76.1 75.5 75.5 77.6 77.6 78.5 78.5
450 82.7 82.7 82.0 82.0 87.5 87.5 89.0 89.0 88.4 88.4 90.7 90.7 91.7 91.7
500 95.6 95.6 94.7 94.7 100.9 100.9 102.6 102.6 101.8 101.8 104.4 104.4 105.5 105.5
550 108.9 108.9 108.0 108.0 114.8 114.8 116.6 116.6 115.8 115.8 118.6 118.6 119.9 119.9
600 122.8 122.8 121.8 121.8 129.2 129.2 131.2 131.2 130.3 130.3 133.4 133.4 134.7 134.7
650 137.2 137.2 136.1 136.1 144.1 144.1 146.3 146.3 145.3 145.3 148.6 148.6 150.1 150.1
700 152.0 152.0 150.8 150.8 159.4 159.4 161.8 161.8 160.7 160.7 164.3 164.3 165.9 165.9
750 167.3 167.3 166.0 166.0 175.3 175.3 177.8 177.8 176.7 176.7 180.5 180.5 182.2 182.2
800 183.0 183.0 181.7 181.7 191.5 191.5 194.2 194.2 193.0 193.0 197.1 197.1 198.9 198.9
850 199.1 199.1 197.7 197.7 208.2 208.2 211.0 211.0 209.8 209.8 214.1 214.1 216.1 216.1
900 215.6 215.6 214.2 214.2 225.3 225.3 228.3 228.3 227.0 227.0 231.6 231.6 233.6 233.6
950 232.6 232.6 231.0 231.0 242.8 242.8 245.9 245.9 244.6 244.6 249.4 249.4 251.6 251.6
1000 249.9 249.9 248.3 248.3 260.6 260.6 264.0 264.0 262.5 262.5 267.6 267.6 269.9 269.9
1100 285.6 285.6 283.8 283.8 297.5 297.5 301.2 301.2 299.6 299.6 305.2 305.2 307.7 307.7
1200 322.8 322.8 320.8 320.8 335.8 335.8 339.8 339.8 338.1 338.1 344.2 344.2 347.0 347.0
1300 361.3 361.3 359.2 359.2 375.4 375.4 379.8 379.8 377.9 377.9 384.6 384.6 387.6 387.6
1400 401.1 401.1 416.4 416.4 421.1 421.1 419.1 419.1 426.3 426.3 429.6 429.6
1500 458.6 458.6 463.7 463.7 461.6 461.6 469.2 469.2 472.8 472.8
1600 502.1 502.1 507.5 507.5 505.2 505.2 513.4 513.4 517.3 517.3
1700 546.7 546.7 552.5 552.5 550.1 550.1 558.8 558.8 562.9 562.9
1800 598.6 598.6 605.3 605.3 609.7 609.7
1900 645.9 645.9 653.0 653.0 657.6 657.6
2000 701.7 701.7 706.6 706.6
2100 756.7 756.7
2200 807.8 807.8

212
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-VIZ/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs.V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

213
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-VIZ/A4

214
 Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225

Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 24 24 26 26 26

Drill depth h0 [mm] 42 55 65 80 80 75 85 100 105 115 130 98 113 133 153 120 180 200 185 215 240
Page 13 of European technical approval
Drill hole depth for through Page 13 of European technical approval
ETA-04/0095
td [mm]
of 13 June 2013 - -
ETA-04/0095 of 13 June 2013 td = h0 + tfix
fixing
English translation prepared by DIBt English translation prepared by DIBt
Brush diameter D≥ [mm] 10.8 10.8 13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 19.0 23.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 27.0 27.0

Clearance-hole in fixture to be
24 24
Anchor characteristics

attached df [mm] 9 9 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 22 26 26 26
(22) (22)
Pre-positioned installation
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Clearance-hole in fixture to be
attached df [mm] - - 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 24 26 26 28 28 28
In-place installation1)

Wrench size SW [mm] 13 13 17 17 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 24 24 24 24 30 30 30 36 36 36

Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 10 15 15 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 50 50 50 50 80 80 80 100 120 120

Min. thickness of concrete

hmin [mm] 80 80 100 110 110 110 110 130 130 140 160 130 150 170 190 160 230 250 230 270 300
member

Non-cracked concrete

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 50 50 50 55 55 55 80 80 80 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 105 105

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 40 50 50 50 55 55 55 55 55 55 50 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 105 105

Cracked concrete

Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 40 40 40 50 55 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 40 40 40 50 55 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80

Use category

Dry concret yes yes

Wet concrete yes yes

Flooded drill hole no yes

1)
The annular gap has to be entirely filled without voids.

Pre-positioned insatallation In-place installation

size M20 + M24 size M20 + M24

hef ≥ 0.5 tfix ≥ 0.5 tfix

df
df
df
df

d0
h0 ttfixfix ttfixfix ttfixfix tfixfix

(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$
(OHFWURQLFFRS\RIWKH(7$E\',%W(7$

215
h W-VIZ/A4
 W-VIZ/A4

216
Thread size M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16 M20 M20 M20 M24 M24 M24

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 40 50 60 75 75 70 80 95 100 110 125 90 105 125 145 115 170 190 170 200 225
depth

Governing cross section

Stressed cross section As [mm²] 18.9 22.9 32.2 32.2 43.0 62.2 69.4 69.4 77.0 77.0 77.0 111.2 120.8 141.0 141.0 162.9 237.8 237.8 280.6 280.6 280.6

Section Modulus W [mm³] 11.6 15.5 25.7 25.7 39.8 69.2 81.5 81.5 95.3 95.3 95.3 165.4 187.2 236.2 236.2 293.1 517.2 517.2 662.8 662.8 662.8

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 560 560 560 560 560 560

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 700 700 700 700
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Stressed cross section of threaded part

Mechanical characteristics

Stressed cross section As [mm²] 36.6 36.6 58.0 58.0 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 84.3 157.0 157.0 157.0 157.0 245.0 245.0 245.0 352.0 352.0 352.0

Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 31.2 62.3 62.3 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 109.2 277.5 277.5 277.5 277.5 540.9 540.9 540.9 931.5 931.5 931.5

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 640 560 560 560 560 560 560

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 700 700 700 700 700 700

Design bending
[Nm] 24 24 48 48 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 213 213 213 213 324 363 363 627 627 627
W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR

moment M0Rd,s
• Europ
Benefits:
 Material specification of anchor

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Designation Material
Stainless steel A4
Anchor rod Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088,
coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class 70, ISO 3506, EN 10088
1.4401 or 1.4571
Washer Stainless Steel, EN 10088
1.4401 or 1.4571
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10
High corrosion resistant steel (HCR)
Anchor rod High corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
coated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 Property class 70, ISO 3506, EN 10088,
high corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565
Washer High corrosion resistant steel, EN 10088
1.4529 or 1.4565
Mortar cartridge Vinylester resin, styrene free, mixing ration 1:10

W-VIZ/A4

217
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR

Properties of adhesive

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40 °C to +80 °C +50 °C +80 °C
Temperature range II -40 °C to +120 °C +72 °C
Benefits: +120 °C

• Europ
Property Testing method Results

Stability
UV-resistance (sunlight) not resistant
Temperature resistance 120 °C
Water resistancy resistant
Cleaning agents 1% tenside solution: no effects
Physical properties
Flexural Properties Flexural strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: 19.2 N/mm2
Compressive Properties Compressive strength DIN EN 196-1 after 24 hours: ≥ 96.1 N/mm2
Dynamic Modulus of DIN EN 12504-4 after 24 hours: 13.79 GPa
Elasticity
Thermal conductivity Modified transient plane source method 0.88 / 0.82 W/mK
Specific contact resistance IEC 93 4.8 x 109 Ωcm
Density DIN 53479 1.74 ± 0.1 g/cm3
Workability features
W-VIZ/A4

Watertightness / DIN EN 12390-8 after 72 hours at 5bar: 0mm

Impermeability
Open time (10-20°C) 6 min
Curing time (10-20°C) 80 min
Shelf life 18 months
For information use only. Values are not to be considered as a specification and do not reflect the performance of the system. The given values are
typical values and are subject to change without notice.

218
 Working time and curing time

WIT-VM 100

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-5°C 90 min 6h 12 h
-4°C bis -1°C 45 min 6h 12 h
0°C bis 4°C 20 min 3h 6h
5°C bis 9°C 12 min 2h 4h
10°C bis 19°C 6 min 80 min 160 min
20°C bis 29°C 4 min 45 min 90 min
30°C bis 34°C 2 min 25 min 50 min
35°C bis 39°C 1.4 min 20 min 40 min
40°C 1.4 min 15 min 30 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.

WIT-Express

Temperature Gelling - working time Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time
of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete 
-5°C 40 min 4h 8h
-4°C bis -1°C 20 min 4h 8h
0°C bis 4°C 10 min 2h 4h

W-VIZ/A4
5°C bis 9°C 6 min 1h 2h
10°C bis 19°C 3 min 40 min 80 min
20°C bis 29°C 1 min 20 min 40 min
30°C 1 min 10 min 20 min
1)
Cartridge temperature must be at min. 5°C.

219
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Installation instruction

Hammer drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. Benefits: There is a clearly defined set of tools
• Europ for producing a safe fixture: drilling
machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
brush diameter gauge.
(See table „Accessories“)
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.
Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer Working length of drill bit must be
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately bigger than the given drill hole
sized carbide drill bit. depth.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table
„Anchor characteristics“)

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until The compressed air without oil.
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.
W-VIZ/A4

Brush 2x with the specified brush size by inserting the
brush to the back of the hole in a twisting motion and
removing it.
If the back of the hole is not reached with the brush,
a brush extension shall be used.
The brush must produce natural
resistance as it enters the drill hole
- if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
The hand-pump can be used for anchor sizes up to bore
hole diameter 18 mm. For bore holes larger than 18 mm
compressed air (min. 6 bar) must be used.

Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

220
Discard initial adhesive. An initial amount of 10cm
adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“)

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.

Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

W-VIZ/A4
Remove excess mortar.

After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).

221
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR
Diamond core drilling
Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. There is a clearly defined set of tools

for producing a safe fixture: diamond
Benefits: core drilling machine, drill bit,
hand-pump, brush, brush diameter
• Europ
gauge.
(See table „Accessories“).
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.

Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a Working length of drill bit must be
diamond drill bit. bigger than the given drill hole
(for drill bit diameter and drill hole depth see table depth.
„Anchor characteristics“).
Remove drill core at least up to the nominal hole depth
and check drill hole depth.

Flush drill hole with water, starting from the bottom, until
clear water gets out of the drill hole.
W-VIZ/A4

Blow out at least 2x from the back of the bore hole until
return air stream is free of noticeable dust.
(use compressed air min. 6 bar)
If the back of the bore hole is not reached an extension
shall be used.

Check expiration date on WIT-VM 100 or WIT-EXPRESS Only use mixing nozzle and
cartridge. Tightly attach mixing nozzle to cartridge. dispensing gun of the system.
Place the cartridge into dispensing gun.
Do not modify the mixing nozzle.

222
Discard initial adhesive.
An initial amount of 10cm adhesive has to be discarded.
Visual check if resin is evenly in colour.
For every working interruption longer than the
recommended working time as well as for new cartridges,
a new mixing nozzle shall be used.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the hole, slowly Marking the mixing nozzle makes
withdrawing the mixer with each trigger pull. it easier to fill every hole with the
Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as required to ensure same volume.
that the annular gap between the anchor and the concrete
is completely filled with adhesive along the embedment
length.

Insert the anchor rod W-VIZ-A by hand, rotating slightly up If these requirements (excess mortar
to the full embedment depth as marked on the anchor rod. and the embedment depth) are not
The anchor rod is properly set when excess mortar seeps maintained, the application has to
from the hole. be renewed.
For overhead installation fix
embedded part (e.g.wedges).

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured.
(see table „Working and cure times“).

W-VIZ/A4
After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).

223
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR

Filling Quantity

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 24 36
diameter Benefits:
Drill depth h0 / h 1 [mm] • Europ
Filling volume per 10mm
[ml] 1.05 1.20 1.20 1.50 2.29 2.30 2.30
embedment depth
Included assumed wastage: 15 % .
W-VIZ/A4

224
 Accessoires

Anchor type: W-VIZ, M8 - M24

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Nominal drill hole d0 [mm] 10 12 14 18 22 24 26
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h 1 [mm]
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 30 36
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 15 25/30 50 80 80 120

Hammer Drills

H 36-MAS / H24-MLS (SDS-plus)

BMH 32-XE (SDS-Plus)

BMH 40-XES (SDS-Max)

BMH 45-XE (SDS-Max)

Drill Bits

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0648 xxx yyy)

LONGLIFE QUADRO-L (0647 0xx yyy)

QUADRO-S (0647 7xx yyy)

W-VIZ/A4
Brush

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Brush diameter ≥db [mm] 10.8 13 15 19 23 25 27
Brush length lb [mm] 170 200 200 300 300 300 300
Brush
0905 499 ...
... 001 ...002 ...003 ...004 ...007 ...005 ...006

Brush extension 0905 499 111

Brush diameter gauge 0905 499 099
SDS adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 102
Hex adapter for machine cleaning 0905 499 101

Blow-out (manual)

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Blow-out pump (manual) 0903 990 001
Reducing adapter for M8 ...202
0905 499 ...

225
 W-VIZ-A/A4 AND W-VIZ-A/HCR

Compressed-air cleaning

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Jet nozzle 0903 489 217
Thread adapter 0903 489 291
Benefits:
Hose 0699 903 7
• Europ

Injecting

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24

Dispensing gun 0891 003
Dispensing gun HandMax 0891 007
Mixer nozzle 0903 420 001
Mixer extension 0903 420 004
W-VIZ/A4

226
 Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant Not Resistant

Acetic acid >40 ●
Acetic acid 10 ●
Acetone 5 ●
Ammonia, aqueous solution conc. ●
Aniline ●
Calcium hydroxide ●
Carbon tetrachloride ●
Diesel fuel ●
Boric Acid, aqueous solution all ●
Glycol ●
Formic acid 30 ●
Calcium hydroxide, suspended in water all ●
Caustic soda solution all ●
Citric acid 50 ●
Hydrochloric acid all ●
Lactic acid <80 ●
Sea water ●
Formaldehyde, aqueous solution 20 ●
Fuel Oil ●
Glycol (Ethylene glycol) ●
Isopropyl alcohol ●
Linseed oil ●
Magnesium chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Methanol ●
Nitric acid 30 ●
Oleic acid ●
Phenol, aqueous solution all ●
Phosphoric acid <80 ●

W-VIZ/A4
Potassium carbonate, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium chlorite, aqueous solution all ●
Potassium nitrate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium Chloride, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium phosphate, aqueous solution all ●
Sodium silicate all ●
Sulfuric acid <50 ●
Tartaric acid ●
Toluene ●
Trichloroethylene ●
Ethanol 96 ●
Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).

227
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
W-VD Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked

Suitable for:
Vinylester resin, quartz sand and hardener
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
W-VD-A/S
• Europ
Benefits:
• The pre-portioned resin volume guarantees always
safe adhesion and thus avoids application errors.
Galvanized (5 microns): M8 - M24
• The short curing time allows to proceed speedily.
• The included setting tool allows always smooth
W-VD-A/F
installations.
• The usability can easily be checked and thus avoids
application errors.
• The capsule can be used as long the resin flows honey
Hot-dipped (≥ 40 microns): M8 - M24 like while shaking it.

W-VD-A/A4

Applications

A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24

W-VD

W-VD-A/HCR

A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T5 ETA-06/0074 / 2013-06-04
Approval
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig DIN 4102-2: 1977-09 (3333/273/08)-NB / 2013-03-05

228
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables,
steel grade 5.8.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm².
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature
-40°C, max. long term/short term base material
temperature: +50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef, typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 75.0 90.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.2 14.5 21.1 39.2 61.2 88.1

Design resistance
Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef, typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210

W-VD
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 11.1 16.7 22.2 27.8 41.7 50.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef, typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 7.9 11.9 15.9 19.8 29.8 35.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 5.3 8.3 12.1 22.4 35.0 50.3
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

229
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-06/0074, issue 2012-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
Benefits:
• Influence of spacing.
• Europ
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).
• Temperate range I (min. base material temperature -40°C, max. long term/short term base material temperature:
+50°C/80°C).
• Dry or wet conditions of drill hole, hammer drilling.
• Installation temperature range +5°C to +40°C.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out failure:

Concrete cone failure:

W-VD

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

5.8 NRd,s [kN] 12.2 19.3 28.1 52.2 81.6 117.5
8.8 NRd,s [kN] 19.5 30.9 44.9 83.6 130.6 188.0
A4-70 NRd,s [kN] 13.7 21.7 31.5 58.6 91.6 131.9

230
Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 11.1 16.7 22.2 27.8 41.7 50.0

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

W-VD
hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 11.1 16.7 22.2 27.8 41.7 50.0

Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
scr,N [mm] 240 180 220 250 340 420
ccr,N [mm] 120 90 110 125 170 210

231
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80
• Europ 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

W-VD

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
scr,sp [mm] 240 180 220 250 340 420
ccr,sp [mm] 120 90 110 125 170 210
hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 220 260

232
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

W-VD
h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

233
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Benefits:
Concrete edge failure:
• Europ

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

steel grade Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

5.8 VRd,s [kN] 7.4 11.6 16.9 31.4 49.0 70.5
8.8 VRd,s [kN] 11.7 18.6 27.0 50.2 78.3 112.8
A4-70 VRd,s [kN] 8.2 13.0 18.9 35.1 54.9 79.1

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

hef,typ [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
W-VD

k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

234
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
40 3.8
45 4.4 4.7
50 5.1 5.4
55 5.7 6.1 6.6
60 6.4 6.8 7.4
65 7.1 7.6 8.2 8.9
70 7.9 8.3 9.0 9.8
75 8.6 9.1 9.8 10.7
80 9.4 9.9 10.7 11.6
85 10.2 10.8 11.5 12.5 14.3
90 11.0 11.6 12.4 13.4 15.3
95 11.9 12.5 13.3 14.4 16.4
100 12.7 13.4 14.3 15.4 17.4
110 14.5 15.2 16.2 17.4 19.6 21.5
120 16.3 17.1 18.1 19.4 21.9 23.9
130 18.1 19.0 20.1 21.5 24.2 26.3
140 20.1 21.0 22.2 23.7 26.5 28.8
150 22.1 23.0 24.4 26.0 28.9 31.4
160 24.1 25.2 26.6 28.3 31.4 34.0
170 26.2 27.3 28.8 30.6 34.0 36.6
180 28.4 29.5 31.1 33.0 36.5 39.4
190 30.6 31.8 33.5 35.5 39.2 42.1

W-VD
200 32.8 34.1 35.9 38.0 41.9 45.0
250 44.8 46.4 48.6 51.2 56.0 59.8
300 57.8 59.7 62.3 65.5 71.2 75.6
350 71.8 74.0 77.1 80.7 87.4 92.5
400 86.6 89.2 92.7 96.9 104.5 110.3
450 102.3 105.3 109.2 113.9 122.5 129.0
500 118.8 122.1 126.5 131.7 141.2 148.4
550 136.0 139.6 144.5 150.3 160.8 168.6
600 153.9 157.9 163.2 169.5 181.0 189.6
650 172.5 176.9 182.6 189.5 202.0 211.2
700 191.7 196.4 202.7 210.1 223.6 233.5
750 211.6 216.7 223.4 231.4 245.8 256.5
800 232.0 237.5 244.7 253.2 268.7 280.0
850 253.0 258.9 266.6 275.7 292.1 304.2
900 274.6 280.9 289.0 298.7 316.2 329.0
950 296.8 303.4 312.0 322.3 340.8 354.3
1000 326.4 335.6 346.4 365.9 380.1
1100 384.2 396.2 417.8 433.4
1200 434.9 448.0 471.7 488.8
1300 487.4 501.7 527.5 546.1
1400 557.2 585.2 605.2
1500 614.6 644.7 666.2

235
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Benefits:
fα.V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
• Europ
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

W-VD

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00

236
 Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-VD

237
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-VD

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 80 90 110 125 170 210
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 10 Benefits:
12 14 18 25 28
Drill depth h0 ≥ [mm]
• Europ = hef
Diameter of steel brush db ≥ [mm] 11 13 16 20 27 30
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26
attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 17 19 24 30 36
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 20 40 80 120 180
Min. thickness of concrete
hmin [mm] 110 120 140 160 220 260
member
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 45 55 65 85 105

hmin

h0= hef tfix

W-VD

∅d0

∅df

238
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-VD

steel
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
grade
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 37 58 84 157 245 352
section
Section
W [mm³] 31 62 109 277 540 933
Modulus
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 400 400 400 400 400 400
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 500 500 500 500 500 500
5.8 strength
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 15 30 52 133 259 448
ding moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile
fu [N/mm2] 800 800 800 800 800 800
8.8 strength
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 24 48 84 212 415 717
ding moment
Yield strength fy [N/mm2] 450 450 450 450 450 450
fu [N/mm ] 2
700 700 700 700 700 700
A4-70
Design ben-
M0Rd,s [Nm] 17 34 59 149 292 504
ding moment

W-VD

239
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Material specification of anchor

Anchor type: W-VD

Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Threaded rod Benefits:
Steel Property class 5.8, 8.8, acc. to EN ISO 898-1
Property class 8, acc. • Europ
to EN ISO 898-2,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
galvanised
Washer Steel, galvanised
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm, EN ISO 1461
Threaded rod Steel Property class 5.8, 8.8, acc. to EN ISO 898-1
Property class 8, acc. to EN ISO 898-2,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
hot-dip galvanised
Washer Steel, hot-dip galvanised
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
Stainless steel A4
Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,
Threaded rod
Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4578 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Washer Material 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener
High corrosion resistance steel
W-VD

Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,

Threaded rod
High corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Property class 70, acc. To EN ISO 3506,
Hexagon nut acc. to DIN 934
High corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Washer High corrosion resistant steel 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Glass capsule Glass, quarz, resin, hardener

240
 Use category: Temperature range

Temperature range Base material Maximum long term base Maximum short term base
temperature material temperature material temperature
Temperature range I -40°C to +80°C +50°C +80°C

Curing time

Temperature Minimum Curing time  Minimum Curing time 

of Concrete in dry concrete in wet concrete
-5°C bis 4°C 5h 10 h
5°C bis 19°C 1h 2h
20°C bis 29°C 20 min 40 min
≥ 30°C 10 min 20 min
1)
Capsule temperature must be at min. 5°C.

W-VD

241
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD
Installation instruction

Anchor type: W-VD

Installation Control

Choose the right tools. There is a clearly defined set of tools

Benefits: for producing a safe fixture: drilling
• Europ machine, drill bit, hand-pump, brush,
brush diameter gauge.
(See table „Accessories“).
Check availability of those system tools
before starting.

Drill hole to the required embedment depth with a hammer
drill set in rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately
sized carbide drill bit.
(For drill bit diameter and drill hole depth (see table
„Anchor characteristics“).
Working length of drill bit must be
bigger than the given drill hole
depth.

Blow out from the back of the bore hole until return air
stream is free of noticeable dust.
W-VD

Brush with the specified brush size by inserting the brush to The brush must produce natural
the back of the hole in a twisting motion and removing it. resistance as it enters the drill hole
- if not, the brush is too small and
must be replaced with the proper
brush diameter (use the brush
diameter gauge).

Blow out from the back of the bore hole until return air
stream is free of noticeable dust.

Brush with the specified brush size by inserting the brush to

the back of the hole in a twisting motion and removing it.

242
Installation Control

Inserting the glass capsule into the bore hole.

The air bubble to the surface.

Set the anchor rod with an hammer driller and a setting

tool which is in every package of anchor rods.

Do not move or load the anchor until the mortar is fully

cured.
(see table „Working and cure times“)

After required curing time, the anchor element can be Check the max. torque by using a
loaded. calibrated torque wrench.
The applied installation torque shall not exceed.

W-VD
(see table „Anchor characteristic“).

243
 BONDED ANCHOR / CAPSULE SYSTEM W-VD

Chemical resistance

Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant

Adipic acid ●
Alcohols (2-10 atoms) ●
Aluminium sulphate aqueous solution ●
Ammonium Bromate aqueous solution Benefits: ●
Ammonium Bromide aqueous solution • Europ ●
Ammonium Chloride aqueous solution ●
Ammonium hydroxide aqueous solution < 25% ●
Ammonium Nitrate aqueous solution ●
Ammonium Phosphate aqueous solution ●
Ammonium Sulphate aqueous solution ●
Barium Chloride aqueous solution ●
Barium Nitrate aqueous solution ●
Benzoic acid ●
Boric acid ●
Brine, aqueous saturated ●
Calcium Chloride aqueous solution ●
Calcium hydroxide aqueous solutionup to 10 % concentration < 10 % ●
Calcium hypochloride aqueous solution < pH 12 / < 17 % active chlorine ●
Calcium Nitrate aqueous solution ●
Calcium Sulphate aqueous solution ●
Chlorinat lime aqueous solution ●
Chromic acid < 10% ●
Citric acid ●
Cobalt Chloride aqueous solution ●
Cobalt Nitrate aqueous solution ●
Copper-I-Chloride aqueous solution ●
Copper-II-Chloride aqueous solution ●
Copper-II-Nitrate aqueous solution ●
Copper-II-Sulphate aqueous solution ●
W-VD

Copper-I-Sulphate aqueous solution ●

Diesel oil, fuel oil (EN 590) (no aromatics, no methanol) ●
Fatty acids (>12C-atoms) ●
Ferric Chloride/Sulphate aqueous solution ●
Ferrous Chloride aqueous solution ●
Fruit syrups (3<pH<8) ●
Glycols ●
Hydrazine hydrate, aqueous solution ●
Hydrocarbons (5 – 10 atoms) ●
Hydrochloric acid < 37% ●
Lactic acid (< 10 %) ●
Maganese-II-chloride aqueous solution ●
Maganese-II-nitrate aqueous solution ●
Magnesium chloride aqueous solution ●
Magnesium nitrate aqueous solution ●
Mercuric-I-chloride aqueous solution ●
Mercuric-II-nitrate aqueous solution ●
Mercury ●
Molasses ●
Nickel chloride aqueous solution ●
Nickel nitrate aqueous solution ●
Nitric acid < 30% ●
Paraffin wax ●
Perchloric acid < 20% ●
Phosphoric acid (< 80 %) ●

244
 Chemical Agent Concentration Resistant
Phthalates/Phthalic ester ●
Phthalic acid ●
Potassium aluminium sulphate aqueous solution ●
Potassium chloride aqueous solution ●
Potassium ferric aqueous solution ●
Potassium ferrous cyanide aqueous solution ●
Potassium hydroxide aqueous solution < pH 10 ●
Potassium nitrate aqueous solution ●
Seawater ●
Silicon oil/grease ●
Sodium acetate aqueous solution ●
Sodium aluminate aqueous solution < pH 10 ●
Sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution ●
Sodium bromide aqueous solution ●
Sodium chloride aqueous solution ●
Sodium fluoride aqueous solution ●
Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution < 50% ●
Sodium hypochloride aqueous solution < pH 12 / < 16 % active chlorine ●
Sodium nitrate aqueous solution ●
Sodium thiosulphate aqueous solution ●
Starch, aqueous solution; pH 5 – 8 ●
Succinic acid ●
Sugar ●
Sulpuric acid < 60% ●
Tartaric acid ●
Urea aqueous solution ●
Vegetable oils ●
Water, not deionised or destilled ●
- When ever no concentration is given the resin resists all concentration levels until the highest technically possible level.
- It is important to notice that this chemical resistance is only valid for the cured mortar.
- Results shown in the table are applicable to brief periods of chemical contact with full cured adhesive (e.g. temporary contact with adhesive
during a spill).

W-VD

245
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
W-FAZ/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Galvanized (5 microns): M8 – M27
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• The optimized unit of cone bolt and expansion sleeve
avoids concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
• The length identifier on the front end of the bolt
facilitates the inspection of correct installation.
• The multitude of types offers the most economic
anchor for all applications in any case. In particular
the one with the big washer is mainly used in timber
construction.

Applications
W-FAZ/S

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-99/0011 / 2013-05-30
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 193 ESR-2461 / 2012-09-01
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-99/0011 / 2013-05-30
Sprinkler systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

246
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Correct setting (See installation instruction). Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables.

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 14.6 21.3 34.1 44.9 60.2 99.1 92.8
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 16.4 24.2 38.4 65.1 89.0 131.8 181.7
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 10.5 14.9 28.1 35.5 54.3 79.8 80.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 16.4 24.2 38.4 65.1 89.0 131.8 181.7

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

W-FAZ/S
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 12.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.5 62.3 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 16.0 24.8 38.8 54.3 78.3 96.5 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 22.0 30.0 60.0 69.0 124.6 141.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 16.0 25.0 36.1 44.5 50.4
C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 24.8 38.8 55.9 69.0 78.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 15.0 22.0 30.0 56.5 72.1 89.0 100.8

247
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Design resistance

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
• Europ
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 8.0 10.7 16.7 23.3 33.7 41.5 47.1
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 10.5 16.5 25.8 36.2 52.2 64.4 72.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 12.0 17.6 24.0 48.0 51.9 83.0 94.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 3.3 6.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 29.7 33.6
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 5.2 9.3 16.5 25.8 37.3 46.0 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 12.0 17.6 24.0 37.7 48.1 59.3 67.2

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

Non-cracked concrete
W-FAZ/S

Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 5.7 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0 29.7 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 7.5 11.8 18.5 25.8 37.3 46.0 52.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 12.6 17.1 34.3 37.1 59.3 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.2 21.2 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 6.6 11.8 18.5 26.6 32.8 37.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 8.6 12.6 17.1 26.9 34.4 42.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

248
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-99/0011, issue 2013-05-30:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-FAZ/S
Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

NRd,s [kN] 10.5 17.6 26.7 40.0 53.8 84.0 130.7

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 8.0 10.7 16.7 23.3 33.7 41.5 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 3.3 6.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 29.7 33.6

249
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 10.5 15.6 19.7 26.4 33.7 41.5 47.1
N0Rd,sp [kN] 6.0 8.0 13.3 20.0 26.7 41.5 33.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 7.5 11.2 14.1 18.8 24.0 29.7 33.6
W-FAZ/S

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

250
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

scr,N [mm] 138.0 180.0 210.0 255.0 300.0 345.0 375.0
ccr,N [mm] 69.0 90.0 105.0 127.5 150.0 172.5 187.5

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

W-FAZ/S
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

scr,sp [mm] 138.0 180.0 210.0 255.0 300.0 345.0 375.0
ccr,sp [mm] 69.0 90.0 105.0 127.5 150.0 172.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170 200 230 250

251
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-FAZ/S

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

252
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

VRd,s [kN] 12.0 17.6 24.0 48.0 51.9 91.2 135.5

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125

k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

W-FAZ/S
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

253
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

size
hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
Benefits:
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
• Europ
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
40 2.4
45 2.8 3.0
50 4.5 3.2 4.9 3.5
55 5.1 3.6 5.6 3.9
60 5.8 4.1 6.2 4.4 4.7 5.2
65 6.4 4.6 6.9 4.9 5.2 5.7
70 7.1 5.0 7.7 5.4 5.7 6.3
75 7.8 5.5 8.4 5.9 8.9 6.3 6.9
80 8.5 6.0 9.2 6.5 9.7 6.8 10.5 7.4
85 9.3 6.6 9.9 7.0 10.5 7.4 11.4 8.1
90 10.0 7.1 10.7 7.6 11.3 8.0 12.2 8.7
95 10.8 7.7 11.5 8.2 12.1 8.6 13.1 9.3 10.0
100 11.6 8.2 12.4 8.8 13.0 9.2 14.1 10.0 10.7 16.1 11.4
110 13.2 9.4 14.1 10.0 14.8 10.5 15.9 11.3 12.1 18.1 12.8
120 14.9 10.6 15.9 11.2 16.6 11.8 17.9 12.7 13.5 20.2 14.3
130 16.7 11.8 17.7 12.5 18.5 13.1 19.9 14.1 21.2 15.0 22.4 15.9
140 18.5 13.1 19.6 13.9 20.5 14.5 21.9 15.5 23.3 16.5 24.7 17.5
150 20.4 14.5 21.6 15.3 22.5 15.9 24.1 17.0 25.5 18.1 27.0 19.1
160 22.3 15.8 23.6 16.7 24.6 17.4 26.2 18.6 27.8 19.7 29.3 20.8
170 24.3 17.2 25.6 18.2 26.7 18.9 28.5 20.2 30.1 21.3 31.7 22.5
W-FAZ/S

180 26.4 18.7 27.8 19.7 28.9 20.5 30.7 21.8 32.5 23.0 34.2 24.2 24.9 24.9
190 28.4 20.1 29.9 21.2 31.1 22.0 33.1 23.4 34.9 24.7 36.7 26.0 26.7 26.7
200 30.6 21.7 32.1 22.8 33.4 23.6 35.4 25.1 37.4 26.5 39.3 27.8 28.5 28.5
250 41.9 29.7 43.9 31.1 45.5 32.2 48.0 34.0 50.5 35.7 52.8 37.4 38.3 38.3
300 54.3 38.5 56.7 40.2 58.6 41.5 61.7 43.7 64.6 45.8 67.4 47.7 48.7 48.7
350 67.6 47.9 70.5 49.9 72.7 51.5 76.3 54.1 79.7 56.5 83.0 58.8 59.9 59.9
400 81.8 58.0 85.1 60.3 87.7 62.1 91.8 65.1 95.7 67.8 99.4 70.4 71.8 71.8
450 96.8 68.6 100.6 71.2 103.5 73.3 108.2 76.6 112.6 79.8 116.8 82.7 84.2 84.2
500 116.8 82.7 120.1 85.0 125.3 88.8 130.3 92.3 134.9 95.6 97.2 97.2
550 133.8 94.8 137.4 97.3 143.2 101.5 148.7 105.3 153.8 108.9 110.7 110.7
600 151.5 107.3 155.4 110.1 161.8 114.6 167.8 118.8 173.4 122.8 124.7 124.7
650 174.1 123.4 181.1 128.3 187.6 132.9 193.7 137.2 139.3 139.3
700 193.5 137.1 201.1 142.4 208.0 147.4 214.6 152.0 154.3 154.3
750 221.6 157.0 229.1 162.3 236.2 167.3 169.7 169.7
800 242.8 172.0 250.8 177.7 258.4 183.0 185.6 185.6
850 264.5 187.4 273.1 193.4 281.2 199.2 201.9 201.9
900 286.8 203.2 296.0 209.6 304.5 215.7 218.6 218.6
950 309.7 219.4 319.4 226.2 328.4 232.6 235.7 235.7
1000 343.3 243.2 352.9 250.0 253.2 253.2
1100 392.8 278.2 403.4 285.7 289.2 289.2
1200 444.2 314.7 455.9 322.9 326.7 326.7
1300 510.3 361.4 365.6 365.6
1400 566.5 401.3 405.8 405.8
1500 447.2 447.2
1600 489.8 489.8

254
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-FAZ/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

255
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-FAZ/S

256
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-FAZ/S
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts or with the machine setting tool
into the drill hole. Anchor installation
ensuring the specified embedment depth.
Apply the required torque moment using a
calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment)
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-FAZ/S
The thickness of fixture should
not be greater than the maximum
useful fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
required torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
257
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/S
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
depth Benefits:
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 27
diameter
Drill depth h0/h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110 125 145 160
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole in fixture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 30
to be attached
Wrench size PageSW [mm]technical 13
13 of European approval 17 19 24 30 36 41
ETA-99/0010 of 15 May 2013
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 20 25 45 90 160 200 300
English translation prepared by DIBt
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170 200 230 250
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 45 60 65 90 100 125
for c≥ [mm] 80 70 120 120 180 180 300
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 50 50 75 80 130 100 180
distances
for s≥ [mm] 100 100 150 150 240 220 540
W-FAZ/S

Cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 45 60 60 95 100 125
for c≥ [mm] 70 70 100 100 150 180 300
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 45 60 60 95 100 180
distances
for s≥ [mm] 80 90 140 180 200 220 540

h1

hef1) tfix1)
df

1)
Thickness of fixture tfix
d0

Tinst

Concrete
h ≥ hmin 2)

258
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M27

Effective anchorage hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 115 125
depth
Governing cross section
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 21.2 36.3 52.8 91.6 153.9 156.7 244.8
Section Modulus W [mm³] 13.8 30.9 54.1 123.7 269.4 276.7 540.2
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 580 580 580 520 420 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 740 740 740 650 560 800 800
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 36.6 58.0 84.3 156.7 244.8 352.5 459.0
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109.2 276.7 540.2 933.5 1387.0
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 504 504 504 504 420 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 630 630 630 630 560 800 800
Design bending moment M0Rd,s [Nm] 18.4 37.6 65.6 167.2 272.9 718.4 1065

Material specification

Anchor type: W-FAZ/S

Designation Material

W-FAZ/S
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm
Conical bolt M8 to M20:
Cold formed or machined steel, Cone plastic coated
M24 and M27:
Threaded bolt, steel property class 8.8, EN ISO 898-1
Threaded cone, steel property class 8, EN ISO 898-2
Expansion sleeve M8 to M20:
Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4401
M24 and M27:
Steel EN 10139
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Galvanised
Washer EN ISO 7089, Steel, galvanised
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094

259
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
W-FAZ/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24
W-FAZ/HCR
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M24 (on demand)
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• All the many approvals guarantee its reliable function
for all applications even in cracked and non-cracked
concrete.
• The optimized unit of cone bolt and expansion sleeve
avoids concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.
• The length identifier on the front end of the bolt
facilitates the inspection of correct installation.
• The multitude of types offers the most economic
anchor for all applications in any case. In particular
the one with the big washer is mainly used in timber
construction.

Applications
W-FAZ/A4

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-99/0011 / 2013-05-30
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 193 ESR-2461 / 2012-09-01
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-99/0011 / 2013-05-30
Sprinkler systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

260
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 14.1 24.1 33.6 48.0 61.8 84.0 109.9
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 19.0 28.5 35.8 70.3 108.4 149.5 149.5
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 10.8 16.7 27.5 40.0 54.3 68.8 68.8
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 19.0 28.5 35.8 70.3 108.4 149.5 149.5

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

W-FAZ/A4
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 12.0 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.5 50.5 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 16.0 24.8 38.8 54.3 78.3 78.3 109.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.0 20.0 30.0 55.0 86.0 101.0 141.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 16.0 25.0 36.1 36.1 40.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 24.8 38.8 55.9 55.9 62.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 13.0 20.0 30.0 56.5 72.1 72.1 100.8

261
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 8.0 Benefits:
10.7 16.7 23.3 33.7 33.7 47.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 10.7 • Europ
16.5 25.8 36.2 52.2 52.2 72.9
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 10.4 16.0 24.0 44.0 61.4 67.3 94.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 3.3 6.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 24.0 26.7
C50/60 NRd [kN] 5.2 9.3 16.5 25.8 37.3 37.3 41.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 10.4 16.0 24.0 37.7 48.1 48.1 67.2

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 5.7 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0 24.0 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 7.6 11.8 18.5 25.8 37.3 37.3 52.1
W-FAZ/A4

Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 31.4 43.9 48.1 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 4.3 7.6 11.9 17.2 17.2 19.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 6.6 11.8 18.5 26.6 26.6 29.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 7.4 11.4 17.1 26.9 34.4 34.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

262
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-99/0011, issue 2013-05-30:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-FAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
NRd,s [kN] 10.7 18.0 26.7 42.7 64.3 73.3 73.3

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 8.0 10.7 16.7 23.3 33.7 33.7 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 3.3 6.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 24.0 26.7

263
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 10.5 15.6 19.7 26.4 33.7 33.7 47.1
N 0
Rd,sp
[kN] 6.0 8.0 13.3 20.0 26.7 33.7 47.1
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 7.5 11.2 14.1 18.8 24.0 24.0 33.6
W-FAZ/A4

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

264
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
scr,N [mm] 138.0 180.0 210.0 255.0 300.0 300.0 375.0
ccr,N [mm] 69.0 90.0 105.0 127.5 150.0 150.0 187.5

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-FAZ/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
scr,sp [mm] 138.0 180.0 210.0 255.0 300.0 300.0 375.0
ccr,sp [mm] 69.0 90.0 105.0 127.5 150.0 150.0 187.5
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 160 200 200 250

265
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-FAZ/A4

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

266
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
VRd,s [kN] 10.4 16.0 24.0 44.0 61.4 98.9 98.9

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
k [-] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

W-FAZ/A4
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

267
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

size
hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
Benefits:
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
• Europ
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
40 3.3
45 3.9
50 4.5 4.5
55 5.1 5.1 5.6
60 5.8 5.8 6.2 6.2 6.6 7.1
65 6.4 6.4 6.9 6.9 7.3 7.8
70 7.1 7.1 7.7 7.7 8.0 8.6
75 7.8 7.8 8.4 8.4 8.8 8.8 9.4
80 8.5 8.5 9.2 9.2 9.6 9.6 10.2 10.2
85 9.3 9.3 9.9 9.9 10.4 10.4 11.1 11.1
90 10.0 10.0 10.7 10.7 11.2 11.2 11.9 11.9
95 10.8 10.8 11.5 11.5 12.0 12.0 12.8 12.8 13.8
100 11.6 11.6 12.4 12.4 12.9 12.9 13.7 13.7 14.7
110 13.2 13.2 14.1 14.1 14.7 14.7 15.6 15.6 16.7
120 14.9 14.9 15.9 15.9 16.5 16.5 17.5 17.5 18.7
130 16.7 16.7 17.7 17.7 18.4 18.4 19.5 19.5 20.7 20.7 22.9 22.9
140 18.5 18.5 19.6 19.6 20.4 20.4 21.5 21.5 22.9 22.9 25.1 25.1
150 20.4 20.4 21.6 21.6 22.4 22.4 23.6 23.6 25.1 25.1 27.5 27.5
W-FAZ/A4

160 22.3 22.3 23.6 23.6 24.4 24.4 25.7 25.7 27.3 27.3 29.8 29.8
170 24.3 24.3 25.6 25.6 26.6 26.6 27.9 27.9 29.6 29.6 32.3 32.3
180 26.4 26.4 27.8 27.8 28.7 28.7 30.2 30.2 31.9 31.9 33.3 33.3 34.8 34.8
190 28.4 28.4 29.9 29.9 30.9 30.9 32.5 32.5 34.3 34.3 35.8 35.8 37.3 37.3
200 30.6 30.6 32.1 32.1 33.2 33.2 34.9 34.9 36.8 36.8 38.3 38.3 39.9 39.9
250 41.9 41.9 43.9 43.9 45.2 45.2 47.3 47.3 49.7 49.7 51.6 51.6 53.6 53.6
300 54.3 54.3 56.7 56.7 58.3 58.3 60.9 60.9 63.7 63.7 65.9 65.9 68.3 68.3
350 67.6 67.6 70.5 70.5 72.4 72.4 75.4 75.4 78.7 78.7 81.3 81.3 84.0 84.0
400 81.8 81.8 85.1 85.1 87.3 87.3 90.8 90.8 94.6 94.6 97.5 97.5 100.6 100.6
450 96.8 96.8 100.6 100.6 103.1 103.1 107.0 107.0 111.4 111.4 114.6 114.6 118.1 118.1
500 116.8 116.8 119.7 119.7 124.0 124.0 128.9 128.9 132.5 132.5 136.4 136.4
550 133.8 133.8 137.0 137.0 141.8 141.8 147.2 147.2 151.1 151.1 155.4 155.4
600 151.5 151.5 155.0 155.0 160.3 160.3 166.2 166.2 170.5 170.5 175.2 175.2
650 173.6 173.6 179.5 179.5 185.9 185.9 190.5 190.5 195.6 195.6
700 192.9 192.9 199.3 199.3 206.2 206.2 211.2 211.2 216.7 216.7
750 219.7 219.7 227.2 227.2 232.6 232.6 238.4 238.4
800 240.8 240.8 248.8 248.8 254.5 254.5 260.8 260.8
850 262.4 262.4 270.9 270.9 277.0 277.0 283.7 283.7
900 284.6 284.6 293.7 293.7 300.2 300.2 307.2 307.2
950 307.3 307.3 317.0 317.0 323.8 323.8 331.3 331.3
1000 340.8 340.8 348.0 348.0 355.9 355.9
1100 390.0 390.0 398.0 398.0 406.7 406.7
1200 441.2 441.2 450.0 450.0 459.5 459.5
1300 503.8 356.9 364.3 364.3
1400 559.6 396.4 404.3 404.3

268
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-FAZ/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

269
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-FAZ/A4

270
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and
depth of the drill hole of the selected
anchor. (see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts or with the machine setting tool
into the drill hole. Anchor installation
ensuring the specified embedment depth.
Apply the required torque moment using
a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment)
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-FAZ/A4
The thickness of fixture should not be
greater than the maximum useful
fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
271
 FIXANKER W-FAZ/A4, W-FAZ/HCR
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
depth Benefits:
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16 20 24 24
diameter
Drill depth h0 /h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110 125 130 160
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole in fixture
df [mm] 9 12 14 18 22 26 26
to be attached
Page 13 of European technical approval
Wrench size SW [mm]
ETA-99/0010 132013
of 15 May 17 19 24 30 36 36
Required torque T
English
inst
[Nm] prepared
translation 20 by DIBt 35 50 110 200 200 290
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 160 200 200 250
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 60 95 180 125
for c≥ [mm] 70 75 100 100 150 180 125
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 55 60 60 95 180 125
distances
for s≥ [mm] 80 90 140 180 200 180 125
W-FAZ/A4

Cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 65 90 180 125
for c≥ [mm] 80 75 120 120 180 180 125
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 50 60 75 80 130 180 125
distances
for s≥ [mm] 100 120 150 150 240 180 125

h1

hef tfix1)
df

1)
Thickness of fixture tfix
d0

Tinst

Concrete
hmin
272
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M24

Effective anchorage hef [mm] 46 60 70 85 100 100 125
depth
Governing cross section
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 21.2 36.3 52.8 91.6 153.9 156.7 156.7
Section Modulus W [mm³] 13.8 30.9 54.1 123.7 269.4 276.7 276.7
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 600 600 600 560 500 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 750 750 750 700 700 700 700
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 36.6 58.0 84.3 156.7 244.8 352.5 352.5
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109.2 276.7 540.2 933.5 933.5
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 560 560 560 480 500 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 600 700 700 700
Design bending moment M0Rd,s [Nm] 20.8 41.6 73.6 186.4 324.3 628.3 628.3

Material specification

Anchor type: W-FAZ/A4 and HCR

Designation Material

W-FAZ/A4
Stainless steel
Conical bolt Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571 or 1.4578, EN 10088
Cone plastic coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
Conical bolt Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Cone plastic coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094

273
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
W-HAZ-B/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 - M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-HAZ-S/S
Benefits:
• The bolt is attuned to the sleeve to make this anchor a
reliable specialist for highest shear load demands.
• Various head types allow tidy finishes and avoid risk
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 - M20 of injury when using for machine bases.
• The optimized combination of expansion sleeve and
W-HAZ-SK/S cone bolt allow smallest spacing and thus small
cost-efficient anchor plates.

Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M12

Applications
W-HAZ/S

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-02/0031 / 2013-03-26
Approval
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 193 ESR-3173 / 2013-11-01
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-02/0031 / 2013-03-26
Sprinkler systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

274
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• Correct setting (See installation instruction). • Concrete C 20/25, fck.cube = 25 N/mm²,
• No edge distance and spacing influence. Concrete C 50/60, fck.cube = 60 N/mm².
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 16.1 27.1 31.6 37.2 68.8 99.1 92.8
B 18.0 28.3 42.0 71.3 106.0 106.0 151.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN]
S and SK 19.0 33.4 58.6 83.7 143.7 143.7 198.5
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 16.1 21.1 32.8 42.5 60.8 79.8 80.0
B 18.0 28.3 42.0 71.3 106.0 106.0 151.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN]
S and SK 19.0 33.4 58.6 83.7 143.7 143.7 198.5

Characteristic resistance

W-HAZ/S
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 16.0 20.0 30.0 35.0 50.0 62.3 70.6
C50/60 NRk [kN] 16.0 29.0 46.0 54.3 77.5 96.5 109.4
B 16.0 25.0 36.0 72.3 101.0 91.0 141.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN]
S and SK 18.0 30.0 48.0 72.3 101.0 124.6 141.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 12.0 16.0 25.0 36.0 44.0 50.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 18.6 24.8 38.8 55.8 68.2 77.5
B 16.0 25.0 43.2 51.6 72.1 89.0 100.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN]
S and SK 18.0 33.5 43.2 51.6 72.1 89.0 100.8

275
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Design resistance

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 10.7 13.3
• Europ 20.0 23.3 33.3 41.5 47.1
C50/60 NRd [kN] 10.7 19.3 30.7 36.2 51.7 64.4 72.9
B 12.8 20.0 28.8 48.2 67.3 72.8 94.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN]
S and SK 14.4 24.0 38.4 48.2 67.3 83.0 94.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 3.3 8.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 29.3 33.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 5.2 12.4 16.5 25.8 37.2 45.5 51.7
B 12.8 20.0 28.8 34.4 48.1 59.3 67.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN]
S and SK 14.4 22.4 28.8 34.4 48.1 59.3 67.2

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
W-HAZ/S

Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 7.6 9.5 14.3 16.7 23.8 29.7 33.6
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 7.6 13.8 21.9 25.8 36.9 46.0 52.1
B 9.1 14.3 20.6 34.4 48.1 52.0 67.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and SK 10.3 17.1 27.4 34.4 48.1 59.3 67.2
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.4 5.7 7.6 11.9 17.1 21.0 23.8
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.7 8.9 11.8 18.5 26.6 32.5 36.9
B 9.1 14.3 20.6 24.6 34.4 42.4 48.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and SK 10.3 16.0 20.6 24.6 34.4 42.4 48.0
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

276
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0031, issue 2013-03-26:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-HAZ/S
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125

NRd,s [kN] 10.7 19.3 30.7 44.7 84.0 84.0 130.7

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 12.0 13.3 20.0 23.3 33.3 52.0 48.0
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 3.3 8.0 10.7 16.7 24.0 29.3 33.3

277
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125

Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd.c [kN] 11.9 15.6 20.1 24.1 33.7 41.5 47.1

N 0
Rd.sp
[kN] 8.0 10.7 16.7 20.0 26.7 46.7 33.3

Cracked concrete
N0Rd.c [kN] 8.5 11.2 14.4 17.2 24.0 29.7 33.6
W-HAZ/S

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

278
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125

scr,N [mm] 150.0 180.0 213.0 240.0 300.0 345.0 375.0
ccr,N [mm] 75.0 90.0 106.5 120.0 150.0 172.5 187.5

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr.N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s. when there are different spacings in one row.

W-HAZ/S
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125

scr,sp [mm] 150.0 180.0 213.0 240.0 300.0 345.0 375.0
ccr,sp [mm] 75.0 90.0 106.5 120.0 150.0 172.5 187.5
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 160 200 230 250

279
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-HAZ/S

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

280
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
B 12.8 20.0 28.8 50.4 72.8 72.8 97.6
VRd,s [kN]
S and SK 14.4 24 38.4 58.4 100.8 100.8 120

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125

W-HAZ/S
k [-] 1,8 2 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

281
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread 10/M6 12/M8 15/M106 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

size
hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm]
Benefits:
[kN]
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked • Europ
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked cracked
50 4.5 3.2
55 5.1 3.6
60 5.8 4.1 6.2 4.4
65 6.4 4.5 6.9 4.9
70 7.1 5.0 7.6 5.4 8.1 5.7
75 7.8 5.5 8.3 5.9 8.9 6.3
80 8.5 6.0 9.1 6.4 9.6 6.8 10.2 7.2
85 9.3 6.6 9.8 7.0 10.5 7.4 11.0 7.8
90 10.0 7.1 10.6 7.5 11.3 8.0 11.9 8.4
95 10.8 7.7 11.5 8.1 12.1 8.6 12.7 9.0
100 11.6 8.2 12.3 8.7 13.0 9.2 13.6 9.7 14.9 10.6 15.4 10.9
110 13.3 9.4 14.0 9.9 14.8 10.5 15.5 11.0 16.9 12.0 17.4 12.3
120 15.0 10.6 15.8 11.2 16.6 11.8 17.4 12.3 18.9 13.4 19.5 13.8
130 16.7 11.9 17.6 12.5 18.5 13.1 19.4 13.7 21.0 14.9 21.6 15.3
140 18.6 13.2 19.5 13.8 20.5 14.5 21.4 15.1 23.2 16.4 23.8 16.8
150 20.5 14.5 21.5 15.2 22.5 16.0 23.5 16.6 25.4 18.0 26.0 18.4
160 22.4 15.9 23.5 16.6 24.6 17.4 25.6 18.1 27.6 19.6 28.3 20.1
170 24.4 17.3 25.5 18.1 26.7 18.9 27.8 19.7 29.9 21.2 30.7 21.7
W-HAZ/S

180 26.4 18.7 27.6 19.6 28.9 20.5 30.1 21.3 32.3 22.9 33.1 23.5 34.6 24.5
190 28.5 20.2 29.8 21.1 31.2 22.1 32.4 22.9 34.7 24.6 35.6 25.2 37.1 26.3
200 30.7 21.7 32.0 22.7 33.5 23.7 34.7 24.6 37.2 26.4 38.1 27.0 39.7 28.1
250 42.1 29.8 43.8 31.0 45.6 32.3 47.2 33.4 50.3 35.6 51.4 36.4 53.4 37.8
300 54.5 38.6 56.6 40.1 58.8 41.6 60.7 43.0 64.4 45.6 65.7 46.5 68.1 48.2
350 67.9 48.1 70.3 49.8 72.9 51.6 75.1 53.2 79.5 56.3 81.1 57.4 83.8 59.4
400 82.2 58.2 85.0 60.2 88.0 62.3 90.5 64.1 95.6 67.7 97.3 68.9 100.5 71.2
450 97.3 68.9 100.5 71.2 103.8 73.6 106.8 75.6 112.4 79.7 114.4 81.0 118.0 83.6
500 113.2 80.2 116.7 82.7 120.5 85.4 123.8 87.7 130.1 92.2 132.3 93.7 136.3 96.5
550 133.7 94.7 137.9 97.7 141.5 100.2 148.6 105.2 151.0 106.9 155.3 110.0
600 151.4 107.3 156.0 110.5 160.0 113.3 167.7 118.8 170.3 120.6 175.1 124.0
650 174.8 123.8 179.1 126.9 187.5 132.8 190.4 134.9 195.6 138.5
700 194.3 137.6 198.9 140.9 208.0 147.4 211.1 149.5 216.7 153.5
750 219.4 155.4 229.2 162.3 232.5 164.7 238.5 168.9
800 240.4 170.3 250.9 177.7 254.4 180.2 260.9 184.8
850 273.2 193.5 277.0 196.2 283.8 201.1
900 296.1 209.8 300.1 212.6 307.4 217.7
950 319.6 226.4 323.8 229.4 331.5 234.8
1000 343.6 243.4 348.1 246.5 356.2 252.3
1100 398.1 282.0 407.1 288.3
1200 460.0 325.8

282
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-HAZ/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

283
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-HAZ/S

284
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-HAZ/S
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts into the drill hole.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
Application of the required torque moment
using a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill
bit’s cutting edges referring to the code of
practice „Characteristic values, require-
ments and tests for masonry drill bits with
carbide cutting edges which are used for
drilling holes in which concrete anchors
are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-HAZ/S
The thickness of fixture should not be
greater than the maximum useful
fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
285
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/S
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective
hef [mm] 50 60Benefits:71 80 100 115 125
anchorage depth
• Europ
Nominal drill
d0 [mm] 10 12 15 18 24 24 28
hole diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] 65 80 95 105 130 145 160
Drill hole depth
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
for through fixing
Clearance-hole
in fixture to be df [mm] 12 14 17 20 26 26 31
attached
Wrench size B and S SW [mm] 10 13 17 19 24 24 30
Internal Hex size SK SWHEX [mm] 4 5 6 8
B and S 15 30 50 80 160 160 280
Required torque Tinst [Nm]
SK 10 25 55 70
min tfix [mm] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
B and S
Thickness of max tfix [mm] 200 200 200 250 300 300 300
fixture min tfix [mm] 8/41) 10/51) 14/61) 18/71)
SK
max tfix [mm] 200 200 200 250
Thickness of
W-HAZ/S

Countersunk SK tsk [mm] 4 5 6 7

washer
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 100 120 140 160 200 230 250
concrete member
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 100 125
for c> [mm] 80 100 120 160 180 180 300
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 50 60 70 80 100 100 180
distances
for s> [mm] 100 120 175 200 220 220 540
1)
Depending on the existing shear load: full shear load/no shear load

h
hef tfix
tfix

tsk
∅d0

df

Marking of
setting depth

286
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Thread size 10/M6 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16 24/M16L 28/M20

Effective
hef [mm] 50 60 71 80 100 115 125
anchorage depth
Governing cross section (bolt and screw)
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 20.1 36.6 58 84.3 157 157 244.8
Section Modulus W [mm³] 12.7 31.2 62.3 109 277 277 541
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 640 640 640 640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Design bending moment M 0
Rd,s
[Nm] 9.6 24.0 48.0 84.0 212.8 212.8 415.2

Material specification of W-HAZ/S

Anchor type: W-HAZ/S

Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Threaded bolt Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Washer Steel,
EN 10139
Distance sleeve Precision steel tubes,

W-HAZ/S
DIN 2394 / 2393
Ring Polyethylene
Expansion sleeve Steel,
DIN 10139
Threaded cone Steel, Strenght class 8,
EN ISO 898-2
Hexagon nut Steel, Strenght class 8,
EN ISO 898-2
Hexagon head screw Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Countersunk screw Steel, Strenght class 8.8,
EN ISO 898-1
Countersunk washer Steel,
EN 10083-2

287
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
W-HAZ-B/A4 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 – M16
Benefits:
• Europ
W-HAZ-S/A4
Benefits:
• The bolt is attuned to the sleeve to make this anchor
a reliable specialist for highest shear load demands.
• Various head types allow tidy finishes and avoid risk
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 – M16 of injury when using for machine bases.
• The optimized combination of expansion sleeve
W-HAZ-SK/A4 and cone bolt allow smallest spacing and thus small
cost-efficient anchor plates.

Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M8 – M12

Applications
W-HAZ/A4

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-02/0031 / 2013-03-26
Approval
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-02/0031 / 2013-03-26
Sprinkler systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

288
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 23.7 36.4 46.4 84.0
B 32.4 47.9 72.9 111.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN]
S and SK 32.4 47.9 72.9 111.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 19.8 31.6 37.2 68.8
B 32.4 47.9 72.9 111.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN]
S and SK 32.4 47.9 72.9 111.1

Characteristic resistance

W-HAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 16.0 25.0 35.0 50.5
B 24.8 38.8 54.3 78.3
C50/60 NRk [kN]
S and K 26.0 41.0 60.0 78.3
B 24.0 37.0 72.3 101.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN]
S and K 24.0 37.0 62.0 101.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.0 16.0 25.8 36.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 14.0 24.8 40.0 55.8
B 24.0 43.2 51.6 72.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN]
S and K 24.0 37.0 51.6 72.1

289
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Design resistance
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd Benefits: 10.7
[kN] 16.7 23.3 33.7
B • Europ 16.5 25.8 36.2 52.2
C50/60 NRd [kN]
S and K 13.9 21.9 32.1 52.2
B 19.2 29.6 48.2 67.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN]
S and K 17.6 27.2 45.6 67.3
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 6.0 10.7 17.2 24.0
C50/60 NRd [kN] 9.3 16.5 26.7 37.2
B 19.2 28.8 34.4 48.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN]
S and K 17.6 27.2 34.4 48.1

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
W-HAZ/A4

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 7.6 11.9 16.7 24.0
B 11.8 18.5 25.8 37.3
C50/60 Nrec [kN]
S and K 9.9 15.7 22.9 37.3
B 13.7 21.1 34.4 48.1
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and K 12.6 19.4 32.6 48.1
Cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 4.3 7.6 12.3 17.1
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 6.6 11.8 19.1 26.6
B 13.7 20.6 24.6 34.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN]
S and K 12.6 19.4 24.6 34.4
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

290
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0031, issue 2013-03-26:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-HAZ/A4
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
B 17,3 27,3 40,0 73,3
NRd,s [kN]
S and SK 13,9 21,9 32,1 58,8

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 10.7 16.7 23.3 35.3
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 6.0 10.7 17.3 24.0

291
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 15.6 20.1 24.1 33.7
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 11.2 14.4 17.2 24.0
W-HAZ/A4

Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

292
Concrete cone failure
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
scr,N [mm] 180.0 213.0 240.0 300.0
ccr,N [mm] 90.0 106.5 120.0 150.0

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-HAZ/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
scr,sp [mm] 360.0 470.0 530.0 600.0
ccr,sp [mm] 180.0 235.0 265.0 300.0
hmin [mm] 120 140 160 200

293
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-HAZ/A4

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

294
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
B 19.2 29.6 49.6 73.6
VRd,s [kN]
S and SK 17.6 27.2 45.6 67.6

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100

W-HAZ/A4
k [-] 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

295
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
Benefits:
non-cracked cracked non-cracked cracked non-cracked cracked non-cracked cracked
• Europ
75 8.3 5.9
80 9.1 6.4
85 9.8 7.0 10.5 7.4
90 10.6 7.5 11.3 8.0
95 11.5 8.1 12.1 8.6
100 12.3 8.7 13.0 9.2 13.6 9.7
110 14.0 9.9 14.8 10.5 15.5 11.0
120 15.8 11.2 16.6 11.8 17.4 12.3
130 17.6 12.5 18.5 13.1 19.4 13.7
140 19.5 13.8 20.5 14.5 21.4 15.1
150 21.5 15.2 22.5 16.0 23.5 16.6
160 23.5 16.6 24.6 17.4 25.6 18.1
170 25.5 18.1 26.7 18.9 27.8 19.7
180 27.6 19.6 28.9 20.5 30.1 21.3 32.3 22.9
190 29.8 21.1 31.2 22.1 32.4 22.9 34.7 24.6
200 32.0 22.7 33.5 23.7 34.7 24.6 37.2 26.4
250 43.8 31.0 45.6 32.3 47.2 33.4 50.3 35.6
300 56.6 40.1 58.8 41.6 60.7 43.0 64.4 45.6
350 70.3 49.8 72.9 51.6 75.1 53.2 79.5 56.3
W-HAZ/A4

400 85.0 60.2 88.0 62.3 90.5 64.1 95.6 67.7

450 100.5 71.2 103.8 73.6 106.8 75.6 112.4 79.7
500 116.7 82.7 120.5 85.4 123.8 87.7 130.1 92.2
550 133.7 94.7 137.9 97.7 141.5 100.2 148.6 105.2
600 151.4 107.3 156.0 110.5 160.0 113.3 167.7 118.8
650 174.8 123.8 179.1 126.9 187.5 132.8
700 194.3 137.6 198.9 140.9 208.0 147.4
750 219.4 155.4 229.2 162.3
800 240.4 170.3 250.9 177.7
850 273.2 193.5
900 296.1 209.8
950 319.6 226.4
1000 343.6 243.4

296
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with cpmonent acting parallel to the edge only.

W-HAZ/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

297
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-HAZ/A4

298
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts into the drill hole.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
Application of the required torque moment
using a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment)
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-HAZ/A4
The thickness of fixture should not be
greater than the maximum useful
fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
299
 HIGH-PERFORMANCE ANCHOR W-HAZ/A4
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 Benefits: 12
[mm] 15 18 24
Drill depth h0 / h 1 • Europ 80
[mm] 95 105 130
Drill hole depth for through fixing td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
Clearance-hole in fixture to be attached df [mm] 14 17 20 26
Wrench size B and S SW [mm] 13 17 19 24
Internal Hex size SK SWHEX [mm] 5 6 8
B 35 55 90 170
Required torque S Tinst [Nm] 30 50 80 170
SK 25 55 70
min tfix [mm] 0 0 0 0
B and S
max tfix [mm] 200 200 250 300
Thickness of fixture
min tfix [mm] 10/51) 14/61) 18/71)
SK
max tfix [mm] 200 200 250
Thickness of Countersunk washer SK tsk [mm] 5 6 7
Min. thickness of concrete member hmin [mm] 120 140 160 200
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 85 100 180
W-HAZ/A4

for c> [mm] 100 130 170 180

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 75 85 100 180
for s> [mm] 135 185 210 180
1)
Depending on the existing shear load: full shear load/no shear load

h
hef tfix
tfix

tsk
∅d0

df

Marking of
setting depth

300
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

Thread size 12/M8 15/M10 18/M12 24/M16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 60 71 80 100
Governing cross section (bolt)
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 36.6 58 84.3 157
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109.1 276.6
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 560 560 560 560
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700
Governing cross section (screw)
Stressed cross
As [mm²] 36.6 58 84.3 157
section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 31.2 62.3 109.1 276.6
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 450 450 450 450
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700
Design bending B 20.8 41.6 73.6 185.6
moment M0Rd,s [Nm]
S and SK 16.7 33.3 59.0 148.7

Material specification

Anchor type: W-HAZ/A4

W-HAZ/A4
Designation Material
Stainless steel A4
Threaded bolt Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Distance sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Plastic sleeve Polyethylene
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Threaded cone Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Strenght class 70, ISO 3506
Hexagon nut
Stainless steel, 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagon head screw Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Countersunk screw Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Countersunk washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088

301
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
W-SA/S
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Galvanized (5 microns): ∅7.5 – ∅16
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The fast installation is carried out by simply screwing
into the drill hole.
• A safe function is guaranteed even without using
a torque-controlled wrench.
• When using for temporary anchorages the concrete
screw bolt can be entirely removed.
• Highest load capacities are transferred reliably into
the base material through a form locking mechanism.
• The various types of screw heads develop new areas
of application, in particular those with fixtures made
of wood.

Applications
W-SA/S

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T3 ETA-05/0012 / 2010-01-20
Approval
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-05/0012 / 2010-01-20
Sprinkler Systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

302
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 20.0 24.8 29.6 45.7 57.6
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 10.3 23.8 35.8 46.4 67.8
Cracked concrete

Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 12.2 14.8 20.2 37.6 47.1

Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 10.3 23.8 35.8 46.4 67.8

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

W-SA/S
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 12.0 16.0 30.0 40.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.6 18.6 24.8 30.0 43.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 6.9 16.0 26.0 36.0 49.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 12.0 20.0 30.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 18.6 31.0 46.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 6.9 16.0 26.0 36.0 49.0

303
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Design resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.2 6.7 8.9 16.7 22.2
• Europ
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 6.5 10.3 13.8 21.4 30.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 4.6 10.7 17.3 24.0 32.7
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 2.8 5.0 6.7 11.1 16.7
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 4.3 7.8 10.3 17.2 25.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 4.6 10.7 17.3 24.0 32.7

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nrec [kN] 3.0 4.8 6.3 11.9 15.9
≥ C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.6 7.4 9.8 15.3 21.9
W-SA/S

Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 3.3 7.6 12.4 17.1 23.3

Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8 7.9 11.9
≥ C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.1 5.5 7.4 12.3 18.5
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 3.3 7.6 12.4 17.1 23.3
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

304
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-05/0012, issue 2010-01-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-SA/S
Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
NRd,s [kN] 13.9 11.4 17.9 21.4 30.7

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 4.2 6.7 8.9 16.7 22.2
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 2.8 5.0 6.7 11.1 16.7

305
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

Benefits:
a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners
• Europand for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 8.5 11.0 13.5 20.4 27.6
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 6.1 7.9 9.7 14.5 19.7

Influence of concrete strength

W-SA/S

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

306
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
scr,N [mm] 120.00 142.50 163.50 214.50 262.50
ccr,N [mm] 60.00 71.25 81.75 107.25 131.25

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-SA/S
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
scr,sp [mm] 120.00 142.50 163.50 214.50 262.50
ccr,sp [mm] 60.00 71.25 81.75 107.25 131.25
hmin [mm] 100 115 125 150 180

307
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
Benefits:
direction
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-SA/S

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

308
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
VRd,s [kN] 4.6 10.7 17.3 24.0 32.7

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
k [-] 1 2 2 2 2

W-SA/S
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

309
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/S
Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16
hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
non- cracked non- cracked Benefits:
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked cracked cracked
• Europ cracked cracked
40 3.1 2.2
45 3.7 2.6
50 4.2 3.0 4.5 3.2
55 4.8 3.4 5.1 3.6
60 5.4 3.8 5.8 4.1 6.1 4.3
65 6.1 4.3 6.5 4.6 6.8 4.8
70 6.7 4.8 7.1 5.1 7.5 5.3
75 7.4 5.2 7.8 5.6 8.3 5.9
80 8.1 5.7 8.6 6.1 9.0 6.4
85 8.8 6.2 9.3 6.6 9.8 6.9
90 9.5 6.8 10.1 7.1 10.6 7.5 11.3 8.0
95 10.3 7.3 10.9 7.7 11.4 8.1 12.2 8.6
100 11.1 7.8 11.7 8.3 12.2 8.6 13.1 9.2 13.8 9.8
110 12.6 9.0 13.3 9.4 13.9 9.8 14.8 10.5 15.7 11.1
120 14.3 10.1 15.0 10.6 15.7 11.1 16.7 11.8 17.6 12.5
130 16.0 11.3 16.8 11.9 17.5 12.4 18.6 13.2 19.6 13.9
140 17.8 12.6 18.6 13.2 19.4 13.7 20.6 14.6 21.6 15.3
150 19.6 13.9 20.5 14.5 21.3 15.1 22.6 16.0 23.7 16.8
160 21.4 15.2 22.4 15.9 23.3 16.5 24.7 17.5 25.9 18.3
W-SA/S

170 23.4 16.6 24.4 17.3 25.3 18.0 26.8 19.0 28.1 19.9
180 25.3 17.9 26.4 18.7 27.4 19.4 29.0 20.5 30.4 21.5
190 27.4 19.4 28.5 20.2 29.6 21.0 31.2 22.1 32.7 23.1
200 29.4 20.9 30.7 21.7 31.8 22.5 33.5 23.7 35.0 24.8
250 40.5 28.7 42.0 29.8 43.4 30.8 45.6 32.3 47.5 33.7
300 52.5 37.2 54.4 38.6 56.1 39.8 58.7 41.6 61.1 43.3
350 65.5 46.4 67.8 48.0 69.8 49.5 72.8 51.6 75.6 53.5
400 79.4 56.3 82.0 58.1 84.4 59.8 87.9 62.2 91.0 64.5
450 97.1 68.8 99.7 70.6 103.7 73.4 107.3 76.0
500 115.9 82.1 120.3 85.2 124.3 88.0
550 132.7 94.0 137.7 97.5 142.1 100.6
600 150.3 106.5 155.7 110.3 160.6 113.7
650 174.5 123.6 179.7 127.3
700 193.8 137.3 199.6 141.4
750 220.0 155.8
800 241.0 170.7
850 262.7 186.1

310
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-SA/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

311
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-SA/S

312
 Installation instruction

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Installation Control

Never use damaged tools.
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.

Drill the hole with a hammer drill. The edge distances and spacing
Drill bit diameter and its working length has to be provided without minus
are determined by the diameter and depth tolerances.
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.

Clean the bore hole from the bottom until

the return air straem is without dust.

Screw the anchor by hand or electrical
impact screw diver into the concrete base
material.
W-SA/S
The thickness of fixture should not be
greater than the maximum useful
fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.

Application of the required torque moment If it is not possible to apply the

using a calibrated torque wrench. The necessary torque moment the anchor
setting is completed if the fixture is fully can not be used.
pressed on the concrete surfcae without
intermediate layers, further turning of the
anchor is not easy and the head of the
anchor is fully supported on the fixture and
it is not damaged.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).

313
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/S
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
Benefits:
Length of anchor inside drill hole hnom [mm] 55 65 75 95 115
• Europ
External diameter ds [mm] 7.5 10.1 12.0 14.3 16.7
Core diameter dk [mm] 5.7 7.6 9.7 11.3 13.3
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 6 8 10 12 14
Drill depth h1 ≥ [mm] 65 75 85 105 130
Drill hole depth for through fixing td ≥ [mm] td = h1 + tfix
Clearance-hole in fixture to be attached df [mm] 9 12 14 16 18
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 16 18 21 24
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 15 40 55 90 110
min tfix [mm] 5 5 5 5 5
Thickness of fixture
max tfix [mm] 145 135 325 305 285
Min. thickness of concrete member hmin [mm] 100 115 125 150 180
Cracked and non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60 90 100
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60 90 100
W-SA/S

df
d0

hnom tfix

h1

hmin

314
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12 ∅14 ∅16

Effective anchorage hef [mm]
40.0 47.5 54.5 71.5 87.5
depth
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 25.5 45.3 69.3 100.2 138.8
Section Modulus W [mm³] 18.2 43.1 81.5 141.6 230.9
Tensile strength fu [N/mm ] 2
720 720 720 720 720
Design bending moment M0Rd,s [Nm] 12.7 25.3 54.7 88.0 144.7

Material specification of W-SA/S

Anchor type: W-SA/S

Designation Material

Screw Zinc plated steel acc. to EN 10263-4

W-SA/S

315
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
W-SA/A4
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
A4 (AISI 316): ∅7.5 – ∅12 Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The fast installation is carried out by simply screwing
into the drill hole.
• A safe function is guaranteed even without using a
torque-controlled wrench.
• When using for temporary anchorages the concrete
screw bolt can be entirely removed.
• Highest load capacities are transferred reliably into
the base material through a form locking mechanism.
• The various types of screw heads develop new areas
of application, in particular those with fixtures made of
wood.

Applications
W-SA/A4

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T3 ETA-06/0277 / 2010-01-20
Approval
Fire resistance DIBt, Berlin TR 020 ETA-06/0277 / 2010-01-20
Sprinkler Systems VdS VdS CEA 4001: 2010-11 (04) 2012-03-27

316
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 7.5 22.1 26.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 17.2 32.7 48.8
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 5.0 22.1 26.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 17.2 32.7 48.8

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

W-SA/A4
Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 12.0 16.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.6 18.6 24.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 12.3 20.0 33.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRk [kN] 5.0 9.0 12.0
≥ C50/60 NRk [kN] 7.8 14.0 18.6
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 9.1 20.0 29.0

317
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Design resistance

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.2 6.7 8.9
• Europ
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 6.5 10.3 13.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 8.2 13.3 22.0
Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 NRd [kN] 2.8 5.0 6.7
≥ C50/60 NRd [kN] 4.3 7.8 10.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 6.1 13.3 19.4

Recommended / Allowable loads 1)

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nrec [kN] 3.0 4.8 6.3
≥ C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.6 7.4 9.8
W-SA/A4

Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 5.9 9.5 15.7

Cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8
≥ C50/60 Nrec [kN] 3.1 5.5 7.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 4.3 9.5 13.8
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

318
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-06/0277, issue 2010-01-20:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

W-SA/A4
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
NRd,s [kN] 16.4 11.4 17.9

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 3.6 6.7 8.9
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 2.4 5.0 6.7

319
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 8.5 11.0 13.5
Cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 6.1 7.9 9.7

Influence of concrete strength

W-SA/A4

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

320
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
scr,N [mm] 120.00 142.50 163.50
ccr,N [mm] 60.00 71.25 81.75

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-SA/A4
;
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
scr,sp [mm] 120.00 142.50 163.50
ccr,sp [mm] 60.00 71.25 81.75
hmin [mm] 100 115 125

321
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

;
c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-SA/A4

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

322
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
VRd,s [kN] 8.2 13.3 22.0

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
k [-] 1 2 2

W-SA/A4
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

323
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
Benefits:
non- cracked non- cracked non- cracked
cracked
• Europ
cracked cracked
40 3.1 2.2
45 3.7 2.6
50 4.2 3.0 3.2 3.2
55 4.8 3.4 3.6 3.6
60 5.4 3.8 4.1 4.1 4.3 4.3
65 6.1 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.8
70 6.7 4.8 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.3
75 7.4 5.2 5.6 5.6 5.9 5.9
80 8.1 5.7 6.1 6.1 6.4 6.4
85 8.8 6.2 6.6 6.6 6.9 6.9
90 9.5 6.8 7.1 7.1 7.5 7.5
95 10.3 7.3 7.7 7.7 8.1 8.1
100 11.1 7.8 8.3 8.3 8.6 8.6
110 12.6 9.0 9.4 9.4 9.8 9.8
120 14.3 10.1 10.6 10.6 11.1 11.1
130 16.0 11.3 11.9 11.9 12.4 12.4
140 17.8 12.6 13.2 13.2 13.7 13.7
150 19.6 13.9 14.5 14.5 15.1 15.1
W-SA/A4

160 21.4 15.2 15.9 15.9 16.5 16.5

170 23.4 16.6 17.3 17.3 18.0 18.0
180 25.3 17.9 18.7 18.7 19.4 19.4
190 27.4 19.4 20.2 20.2 21.0 21.0
200 29.4 20.9 21.7 21.7 22.5 22.5
250 40.5 28.7 29.8 29.8 30.8 30.8
300 52.5 37.2 38.6 38.6 39.8 39.8
350 65.5 46.4 48.0 48.0 49.5 49.5
400 79.4 56.3 58.1 58.1 59.8 59.8
450 68.8 68.8 70.6 70.6
500 82.1 82.1
550 94.0 94.0
600 106.5 106.5

324
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-SA/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

325
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-SA/A4

326
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-SA/A4
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Screw the anchor by hand or electrical
impact screw diver into the concrete base
material.
Application of the required torque moment
using a calibrated torque wrench. The
setting is completed if the fixture is fully
pressed on the concrete surfcae without
intermediate layers, further turning of the
anchor is not easy and the head of the
anchor is fully supported on the fixture
and it is not damaged.(see table anchor
characteristics for the torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill
bit’s cutting edges referring to the code of
practice „Characteristic values, require-
ments and tests for masonry drill bits with
carbide cutting edges which are used for
drilling holes in which concrete anchors
are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-SA/A4
The thickness of fixture should not be
greater than the maximum useful
fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
327
 CONCRETE SCREW BOLT W-SA/A4
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
Benefits:
Length of anchor inside drill hole hnom [mm] 65 75 90
• Europ
External diameter ds [mm] 7.5 10.1 12.4
Core diameter dk [mm] 5.7 7.6 9.6
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 6 8 10
Drill depth h1 ≥ [mm] 75 90 100
Drill hole depth for through fixing td ≥ [mm] td = h1 + tfix
Clearance-hole in fixture to be attached df [mm] 9 12 14
Wrench size SW [mm] 13 16 18
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 15 40 55
min tfix [mm] 5 5 0
Thickness of fixture
max tfix [mm] 95 85 230
Min. thickness of concrete member hmin [mm] 100 115 125
Cracked and non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 40 50 60
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 40 50 60
W-SA/A4

df
d0

hnom tfix

h1

hmin

328
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Thread size ∅7.5 ∅10 ∅12

Effective anchorage hef [mm] 40.0 47.5 54.5
depth
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 25.5 45.3 69.3
Section Modulus W [mm³] 18.2 43.1 81.5
Tensile strength fu [N/mm2] 850 850 850
Design bending moment M 0
Rd,s
[Nm] 14.7 30.0 62.0

Material specification

Anchor type: W-SA/A4

Designation Material
Stainless steel
Screw Stainless steel 1.4401 or 1.4571, EN 10263-5
Material of the tip Steel acc. to EN 10263-4

W-SA/A4

329
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
W-FA/S Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-FA/S WITH BIG WASHER
Benefits:
• With a few blows the anchor is easy and fast to install.
• The long thread allows levelling of unevenness and
can be used to assemble stand-off fixations.
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M20 • Two approved anchorage depth broaden the
application spectrum.
W-FA/F • Its approval guarantees safe function even under
highest load requirements.

Hot-dipped (≥ 40 microns): M6 – M16

Applications
W-FA/S

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-02/0001 / 2013-06-04
Approval
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T6 ETA-06/0162, redundant non-structural M6 /
Approval 2013-05-28
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 193 ESR-3235 / 2012-12-01
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig DIN 4102-2: 1977-09 20544/2012 / 2012-12-06

330
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete

Tensile C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 9.6 12.0 12.3 18.7 19.2 23.6 26.1 34.5 43.6 51.4 53.6 70.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 7.3 7.3 19.3 19.3 28.1 28.1 41.3 41.3 73.0 73.0 103.6 103.6

Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth
Non-cracked concrete

W-FA/S
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 6.0 8.7 10.5 12.0 13.7 16.0 17.9 26.5 25.9 37.5 34.8 50.5
C50/60 NRk [kN] 8.7 8.7 15.3 15.3 21.3 24.8 27.7 35.0 40.1 58.1 53.9 78.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 5.0 5.0 10.5 11.0 13.7 16.8 17.9 25.0 51.7 44.0 69.6 69.0

Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.0 5.8 7.0 8.0 9.2 10.7 11.9 17.6 17.2 25.0 23.2 33.7
C50/60 NRd [kN] 5.8 5.8 10.2 10.2 14.2 16.5 18.4 23.3 26.7 38.7 35.9 52.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 4.0 4.0 7.0 8.8 9.2 11.2 11.9 20.0 34.5 35.2 46.4 51.9

331
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Recommended / Allowable loads1)
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
• Europ
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.9 4.1 5.0 5.7 6.5 7.6 8.5 12.6 12.3 17.9 16.6 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.1 4.1 7.3 7.3 10.1 11.8 13.2 16.7 19.1 27.7 25.7 37.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 2.9 2.9 5.0 6.3 6.5 8.0 8.5 14.3 24.6 25.1 33.1 37.1
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0001, issue 2013-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
W-FA/S

(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

332
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
NRd,s [kN] 5.8 5.8 10.2 10.2 17.3 17.3 23.3 23.3 40.6 40.6 66.9 66.9

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 4.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.2 10.7 11.9 17.6 17.2 25.0 23.2 33.7

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

W-FA/S
a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 5.5 8.5 7.0 9.8 9.2 11.2 11.9 17.6 17.2 25.0 23.2 33.7

333
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive
• Europ
strength of concrete determined fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
by testing cylinders 1)

Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cube 2)

Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
scr,N [mm] 90 120 105 132 126 144 150 195 192 246 234 300
W-FA/S

ccr,N [mm] 45 60 53 66 63 72 75 98 96 123 117 150

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

334
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr.N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
scr,sp [mm] 180 160 210 220 230 240 240 330 320 410 400 500
ccr,sp [mm] 90 80 105 110 115 120 120 165 160 205 200 250
hmin [mm] 80 100 80 100 100 100 100 130 130 170 160 200

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

W-FA/S
Number
of fixing
s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
per
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

335
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr.sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
Benefits:
fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 • Europ
0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

W-FA/S

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
VRd,s [kN] 4.0 4.0 8.8 8.8 13.6 13.6 20.0 20.0 35.2 35.2 51.9 51.9

336
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
k [-] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

W-FA/S

337
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100

Edge distance c1 V 0
Rd,c
Benefits:
[mm] [kN]
40 3.0 3.1
• Europ
45 3.5 3.7 3.7 3.9
50 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.5
55 4.6 4.8 4.9 5.1
60 5.2 5.4 5.5 5.7
65 5.8 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.7
70 6.5 6.7 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.4
75 7.1 7.4 7.5 7.8 7.9 8.1
80 7.8 8.1 8.2 8.5 8.7 8.8
85 8.5 8.8 8.9 9.2 9.4 9.6
90 9.2 9.5 9.7 10.0 10.2 10.4 11.2
95 10.0 10.3 10.4 10.7 11.0 11.2 12.0
100 10.7 11.1 11.2 11.5 11.8 12.0 12.3 12.8 13.3
110 12.3 12.6 12.8 13.2 13.4 13.7 14.0 14.6 15.1 15.8
120 13.9 14.3 14.5 14.9 15.1 15.4 15.8 16.4 17.0 17.8
130 15.5 16.0 16.2 16.6 16.9 17.2 17.6 18.3 18.9 19.7 21.2
140 17.3 17.8 18.0 18.4 18.7 19.1 19.5 20.3 20.9 21.8 22.3 23.3
150 19.0 19.6 19.8 20.3 20.6 21.0 21.5 22.3 23.0 23.9 24.4 25.5
160 20.9 21.4 21.7 22.2 22.6 22.9 23.5 24.3 25.1 26.1 26.6 27.8
W-FA/S

170 22.8 23.4 23.6 24.2 24.6 25.0 25.5 26.4 27.2 28.3 28.9 30.1
180 24.7 25.3 25.6 26.2 26.6 27.0 27.7 28.6 29.5 30.6 31.2 32.5
190 26.7 27.4 27.7 28.3 28.7 29.2 29.8 30.8 31.7 32.9 33.5 34.9
200 28.7 29.4 29.8 30.4 30.9 31.3 32.0 33.1 34.0 35.3 35.9 37.4
250 39.5 40.5 40.9 41.7 42.3 42.9 43.7 45.1 46.3 47.8 48.6 50.5
300 51.4 52.5 53.0 54.1 54.8 55.5 56.5 58.1 59.6 61.4 62.4 64.6
350 64.2 65.5 66.1 67.4 68.2 69.0 70.2 72.1 73.8 76.0 77.2 79.7
400 79.4 80.1 81.5 82.5 83.4 84.8 87.0 89.0 91.5 92.8 95.7
450 94.9 96.5 97.6 98.6 100.3 102.7 105.0 107.8 109.3 112.6
500 113.4 114.7 116.5 119.2 121.7 124.9 126.6 130.3
550 130.0 131.4 133.4 136.5 139.2 142.7 144.6 148.7
600 147.3 148.8 151.1 154.4 157.4 161.3 163.3 167.8
650 169.4 173.1 176.3 180.5 182.7 187.6
700 188.3 192.3 195.9 200.4 202.8 208.0
750 216.0 220.9 223.5 229.1
800 236.8 242.0 244.8 250.8
850 258.1 263.7 266.7 273.1
900 280.1 285.9 289.2 296.0
950 302.5 308.8 312.2 319.4
1000 335.7 343.3
1100 384.3 392.8
1200 435.0 444.2

338
Incluence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-FA/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

339
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-FA/S

340
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts or with the machine setting tool
into the drill hole. Anchor installation
ensuring the specified embedment depth.
Apply the required torque moment using
a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-FA/S
The thickness of fixture should
not be greater than the maximum
useful fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
required torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
341
 FIXANKER W-FA/S, W-FA/F
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth Benefits:
Nominal drill hole • Europ
d0 [mm] 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] 45 55 55 65 65 70 75 90 95 110 110 130
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole
in fixture df [mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18 18 22 22
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 10 13 13 17 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 8 8 15 15 30 30 40 40 90 90 120 120
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 130 130 170 160 200
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 35 35 40 40 55 55 100 75 100 90 140 105
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 40 45 45 65 65 100 90 100 105 140 125
distances

hmin
W-FA/S

h1
hnom
hef tfix
∅d0

Tinst
df
∅d0

Tinst
df

hef,red tfix
hnom,red
h1,red
hmin

342
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective ancho- hef [mm]

30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
rage depth
Governing cross section
Stressed As [mm²]
14.5 14.5 25.5 25.5 43.0 43.0 58.1 58.1 116.9 116.9 191.1 191.1
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 7.8 7.8 18.2 18.2 39.8 39.8 62.4 62.4 178.3 178.3 372.7 372.7
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 420 420 420 420
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 560 560 560 560
Non-cracked concrete
Stressed As [mm²] 20.1 20.1 36.6 36.6 58.0 58.0 84.3 84.3 156.7 156.7 244.8 244.8
cross section
Section Modulus W [mm³] 12.7 12.7 31.2 31.2 62.3 62.3 109.2 109.2 276.7 276.7 540.2 540.2
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 420 420 420 420
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 560 560 560 560
Design bending M0Rd,s [N/m] 18.4 37.6 65.6 167.2 272.9 718.4 1065 1065 62.4 148.8 148.8 272.9
moment

Material specification

Anchor type: W-FA/S, W-FA/F

W-FA/S
Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Conical bolt Cold formed or machined steel
Expansion sleeve Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4303
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Washer Steel
Steel, hot-dip galvanised ≥ 40μm, EN ISO 1461
Conical bolt Cold formed or machined steel
Expansion sleeve Steel, EN 10088,
Material 1.4301 or 1.4303
Hexagon nut Property class 8 EN ISO 898-2
Washer Steel

343
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
W-FA/A4 Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked

Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
A4 (AISI 316): M6 - M20
Benefits:
• Europ
W-FA/HCR
Benefits:
• With a few blows the anchor is easy and fast to install.
• The long thread allows levelling of unevenness and
can be used to assemble stand-off fixations.
A4 (AISI 316): M8 - M20 (on demand) • Two approved anchorage depth broaden the
application spectrum.
• Its approval guarantees safe function even under
highest load requirements.

Applications
W-FA/A4

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-02/0001 / 2013-06-04
Approval
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T6 ETA-06/0162, redundant non-structural M6 /
Approval 2013-05-28
ICC-ES Evaluation Report ICC AC 193 ESR-3235 / 2012-12-01
Fire resistance iBMB, Braunschweig DIN 4102-2: 1977-09 20544/2012 / 2012-12-06

344
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to: • Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Correct setting (See setting instruction). • Anchor material, as specified in the tables.
• No edge distance and spacing influence. • Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table. Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete

Tensile C25/30 Nu,m [kN] 10.2 11.0 12.4 19.6 17.5 23.1 22.6 36.4 39.7 53.5 53.1 73.0
Shear ≥ C25/30 Vu,m [kN] 9.7 9.7 19.5 19.5 31.9 31.9 42.6 42.6 76.9 76.9 110.4 110.4

Characteristic resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete

W-FA/A4
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 6.0 7.5 9.0 12.0 12.0 16.0 17.9 25.0 25.9 36.1 34.8 50.5
C50/60 NRk [kN] 9.3 10.0 14.0 18.0 18.6 24.8 27.7 38.8 40.1 56.0 53.9 78.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 8.3 7.0 10.5 12.0 13.7 16.8 17.9 27.0 51.7 50.0 69.6 86.0

Design resistance
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.7 11.9 16.7 17.2 24.1 23.2 33.7
C50/60 NRd [kN] 6.2 6.7 9.3 12.0 12.4 16.5 18.4 25.8 26.7 37.3 35.9 52.2
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 5.5 5.6 7.0 9.6 9.2 11.2 11.9 21.6 34.5 40.0 46.4 61.4

345
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20
Effective
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth
Non-cracked concrete Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.7
• Europ
5.7 7.6 8.5 11.9 12.3 17.2 16.6 24.0
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 4.4 4.8 6.6 8.6 8.9 11.8 13.2 18.5 19.1 26.7 25.7 37.3
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 4.0 4.0 5.0 6.9 6.5 8.0 8.5 15.4 24.6 28.6 33.1 43.9
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.

Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-02/0001, issue 2013-06-04:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
W-FA/A4

(no eccentricity).

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

346
Design steel resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
NRd,s [kN] 6.7 6.7 12.0 12.0 20.0 20.0 29.3 29.3 58.7 58.7 79.8 79.8

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 10.7 11.9 16.7 17.2 24.1 23.2 33.7

Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

W-FA/A4
No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:
a) The edge distance in all directions is for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases.
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 5.5 8.5 7.0 9.8 9.2 11.2 11.9 17.6 17.2 24.1 23.2 33.7

347
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Benefits:
Characteristic compressive
• Europ
strength of concrete determined fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
by testing cylinders 1)

Characteristic compressive
strength of concrete determined fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
by testing cube 2)

Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
W-FA/A4

scr,N [mm] 90 120 105 132 126 144 150 195 192 240 234 300
ccr,N [mm] 45 60 53 66 63 72 75 98 96 120 117 150

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

348
Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr.N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
scr,sp [mm] 180 160 210 220 230 240 300 340 320 410 400 560
ccr,sp [mm] 90 80 105 110 115 120 150 170 160 205 200 280
hmin [mm] 80 100 80 100 100 100 100 130 130 160 160 200

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

W-FA/A4
Number
of fixing
s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
per
direction
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

349
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr.sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp Benefits:
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp • Europ

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

W-FA/A4

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
VRd,s [kN] 5.6 5.6 9.6 9.6 15.2 15.2 21.6 21.6 40.0 40.0 61.4 61.4

350
Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
k [-] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

W-FA/A4

351
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

size
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100

Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c

[mm] Benefits:
[kN]
35 2.6 • Europ
40 3.0 3.1
45 3.5 3.7 3.9
50 4.1 4.2 4.5
55 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.3
60 5.2 5.4 5.5 5.7 6.0
65 5.8 6.1 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.7
70 6.5 6.7 6.8 7.1 7.2 7.4 8.0
75 7.1 7.4 7.5 7.8 7.9 8.1 8.7
80 7.8 8.1 8.2 8.5 8.7 8.8 9.5 10.4
85 8.5 8.8 8.9 9.2 9.4 9.6 10.3 11.2
90 9.2 9.5 9.7 10.0 10.2 10.4 11.2 12.1
95 10.0 10.3 10.4 10.7 11.0 11.2 12.0 13.0
100 10.7 11.1 11.2 11.5 11.8 12.0 12.3 12.8 13.9 15.1
110 12.3 12.6 12.8 13.2 13.4 13.7 14.0 14.6 15.1 15.8 17.0
120 13.9 14.3 14.5 14.9 15.1 15.4 15.8 16.4 17.0 17.7 19.1
130 15.5 16.0 16.2 16.6 16.9 17.2 17.6 18.3 18.9 19.7 21.2
140 17.3 17.8 18.0 18.4 18.7 19.1 19.5 20.3 20.9 21.7 22.3 23.3
150 19.0 19.6 19.8 20.3 20.6 21.0 21.5 22.3 23.0 23.8 24.4 25.5
W-FA/A4

160 20.9 21.4 21.7 22.2 22.6 22.9 23.5 24.3 25.1 26.0 26.6 27.8
170 22.8 23.4 23.6 24.2 24.6 25.0 25.5 26.4 27.2 28.2 28.9 30.1
180 24.7 25.3 25.6 26.2 26.6 27.0 27.7 28.6 29.5 30.4 31.2 32.5
190 26.7 27.4 27.7 28.3 28.7 29.2 29.8 30.8 31.7 32.8 33.5 34.9
200 28.7 29.4 29.8 30.4 30.9 31.3 32.0 33.1 34.0 35.1 35.9 37.4
250 39.5 40.5 40.9 41.7 42.3 42.9 43.7 45.1 46.3 47.6 48.6 50.5
300 51.4 52.5 53.0 54.1 54.8 55.5 56.5 58.1 59.6 61.2 62.4 64.6
350 64.2 65.5 66.1 67.4 68.2 69.0 70.2 72.1 73.8 75.8 77.2 79.7
400 79.4 80.1 81.5 82.5 83.4 84.8 87.0 89.0 91.2 92.8 95.7
450 94.9 96.5 97.6 98.6 100.3 102.7 105.0 107.5 109.3 112.6
500 113.4 114.7 116.5 119.2 121.7 124.5 126.6 130.3
550 130.0 131.4 133.4 136.5 139.2 142.4 144.6 148.7
600 147.3 148.8 151.1 154.4 157.4 160.9 163.3 167.8
650 169.4 173.1 176.3 180.1 182.7 187.6
700 188.3 192.3 195.9 199.9 202.8 208.0
750 216.0 220.4 223.5 229.1
800 236.8 241.5 244.8 250.8
850 258.1 263.1 266.7 273.1
900 280.1 285.3 289.2 296.0
950 302.5 308.1 312.2 319.4
1000 335.7 343.3
1100 384.3 392.8
1200 435.0 444.2

352
Incluence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-FA/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

353
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ

Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-FA/A4

354
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill.
Drill bit diameter and its working length
are determined by the diameter and depth
of the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts or with the machine setting tool
into the drill hole. Anchor installation
ensuring the specified embedment depth.
Apply the required torque moment using
a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances
W-FA/A4
The thickness of fixture should
not be greater than the maximum
useful fixture thickness marked on the
anchor or given on the label of each
package.
If it is not possible to apply the
required torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
355
 FIXANKER W-FA/A4
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective anchorage
hef [mm] 30 40 35 44 Benefits:
42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
depth
Nominal drill hole
• Europ
d0 [mm] 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
diameter
Drill depth h0 / h1 [mm] 45 55 55 65 65 70 75 90 95 110 110 130
Drill hole depth for
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
through fixing
Clearance-hole
in fixture df [mm] 7 7 9 9 12 12 14 14 18 18 22 22
to be attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 10 13 13 17 17 19 19 24 24 30 30
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 6 6 15 15 25 25 50 50 100 100 160 160
Min. thickness of
hmin [mm] 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 130 130 170 160 200
concrete member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 35 35 60 35 55 45 100 60 110 80 140 100
Minimum edge
cmin [mm] 40 35 60 45 65 55 100 70 110 80 140 100
distances

hmin
W-FA/A4

h1
hnom
hef tfix
∅d0

Tinst
df
∅d0

Tinst
df

hef,red tfix
hnom,red
h1,red
hmin

356
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

Thread size M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16 M16 M20 M20

Effective hef [mm]

30 40 35 44 42 48 50 65 64 82 78 100
anchorage depth

Governing cross section

Stressed As [mm²]
14.5 14.5 25.5 25.5 43.0 43.0 58.1 58.1 116.9 116.9 191.1 191.1
cross section

Section Modulus W [mm³] 7.8 7.8 18.2 18.2 39.8 39.8 62.4 62.4 178.3 178.3 372.7 372.7

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 560 560 560 560 560 560 600 600 600 600 560 560

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700 700 700 750 750 750 750 700 700

Non-cracked concrete

Stressed As [mm²] 20.10 20.10 36.60 36.60 58.00 58.00 84.30 84.30 156.70 156.70 244.80 244.80
cross section

Section Modulus W [mm³] 12.71 12.71 31.23 31.23 62.30 62.30 109.17 109.17 276.67 276.67 540.23 540.23

Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 520 480 480 480 480

Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 650 600 600 600 600

Design bending M 0
Rd.s
[N/m] 8.0 8.0 19.2 19.2 39.2 39.2 68.0 68.0 159.2 159.2 324.3 324.3
moment

Material specification

Anchor type: W-FA/A4, W-FA/HCR

W-FA/A4
Designation Material
Stainless steel
Conical bolt Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4578 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094
High corrosion resistance steel
Conical bolt Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
Coated
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401, 1.4571 or 1.4362, EN 10088
Hexagon nut, DIN 934 Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088,
Property class 70, EN ISO 3506
Coated
Washer, EN ISO 7089, Material 1.4529 or 1.4565, EN 10088
EN ISO 7093 or EN ISO 7094

357
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
W-TM/S: TYPE A
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked

Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M12
W-TM/S: TYPE S
Galvanized (5 microns): M6 – M12
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The anchor can be easily and speedily installed
with low efforts.
• The high load capacities are a result of the safe
function of threefold expanding sleeve.
• The versions with hook and eye bolt broaden
the application spectrum.
• The uniformly distributed expansion force avoids
concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.

Applications
W-TM/S

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-10/0255/2010-07-13
Approval

358
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables and
screw of class 8.8.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 14.9 19.9 24.1 28.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 10.7 18.4 23.1 35.8

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete

W-TM/S
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 9.0 12.0 16.0 20.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 13.5 14.8 19.7 31.0
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 8.0 15.0 18.7 33.7

Design resistance
Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 5.0 5.7 7.6 13.3
C50/60 NRd [kN] 7.5 7.0 9.4 20.7
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 6.4 10.0 12.4 27.0

359
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 3.6 4.1 5.4 9.5
• Europ
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 5.4 5.0 6.7 14.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 4.6 7.1 8.9 19.3
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
W-TM/S

360
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-10/0255, issue 2010-07-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity), screw of class 8.8.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-TM/S
Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
NRd,s [kN] 10.7 19.5 30.9 44.9

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 5.0 5.7 7.6 13.3

361
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 7.0 7.1 8.9 16.8

Influence of concrete strength

W-TM/S

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

362
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
scr,N [mm] 118.50 133.50 154.50 189.00
ccr,N [mm] 59.25 66.75 77.25 94.50

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-TM/S
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
scr,sp [mm] 160 200 260 280
ccr,sp [mm] 80 100 130 140
hmin [mm] 135 135 140 160

363
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-TM/S

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

364
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
VRd,s [kN] 6.4 11.7 18.6 27.0

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
k [-] 1 1 1 2

W-TM/S
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

365
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
45 3.7
Benefits:
50 4.3 • Europ
55 4.9
60 5.6
65 6.2
70 6.9 7.2
75 7.6 7.9
80 8.3 8.7
85 9.0 9.4 9.9
90 9.7 10.2 10.7
95 10.5 11.0 11.5
100 11.3 11.8 12.3
110 12.9 13.4 14.0
120 14.6 15.2 15.8 16.7
130 16.3 17.0 17.6 18.6
140 18.1 18.8 19.5 20.6
150 20.0 20.7 21.5 22.6
W-TM/S

160 21.9 22.7 23.5 24.7

170 23.8 24.7 25.6 26.9
180 25.8 26.7 27.7 29.1
190 27.9 28.8 29.8 31.3
200 30.0 31.0 32.1 33.6
250 41.2 42.5 43.8 45.8
300 53.4 55.0 56.6 59.0
350 66.6 68.4 70.4 73.2
400 82.8 85.0 88.3
450 98.0 100.5 104.2
500 116.8 120.9
550 133.8 138.3
600 151.5 156.5
650 175.3
700 194.8

366
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-TM/S
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

367
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-TM/S

368
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-TM/S
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill
bit diameter and its working length are
determined by the diameter and depth of
the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts into the drill hole.
The anchor should be flushed with the
surface.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
Application of the required torque moment
using a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-TM/S
Length of the screws should be
selected to the minimum screwing in
anchors is maintained.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
369
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/S
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39,5 44,5 51,5 63,0
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] Benefits:
10 12 14 18
• Europ
Drill depth h 0 / h1 [mm] h1=LS - tfix + 10
Drill hole depth for through
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
fixing

Clearance-hole in fixture to be TM and TM S 7 9 12 14

df [mm]
attached TM SD 12 14 18 20
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 13 17 19
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 25 40 75
min tfix [mm] 1 1 1 1
TM max tfix [mm] 150 200 250 300
Thickness of fixture
TM S max tfix [mm] 10 14 20 25
TM SD max tfix [mm] 30 35 38 43
TM lS ≥ [mm] tfix+45 tfix+51 tfix+60 tfix+75
Length of hexahead screw TM S lS [mm] 55 65 80 100
TM SD lS [mm] 80 80 100 120
Min. thickness of concrete
hmin [mm] 135 135 140 160
member
W-TM/S

Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 65 90 135 165
Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 45 70 85 115

hmin tfix

h1
Tinst

hef

LS

370
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section Modulus W [mm³] 10.7 26.5 53.3 93.9
Yield strength fy [N/mm ] 2
640 640 640 640
Tensile strength fu [N/mm2] 800 800 800 800
Design bending moment M 0
Rd,s
[Nm] 9.8 24.0 47.8 83.8

Material specification

Anchor type: W-TM/S

Designation Material
Steel, zinc plated ≥ 5μm, EN ISO 4042
Conical nut Steel, EN 10087
Expansion sleeve Cold formed steel, EN 10111
Hexagonal head bolt Property class 8.8
Washer Steel min. 140 HV
Spacer ring Polypropylene

W-TM/S
Distance sleeve Cold formed steel, EN 10111 or
Drawn pipe E235 +C, EN 10305-2

371
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
W-TM/A4: Type A
Approved for:
Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-cracked

Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M6 – M12
W-TM/A4: TYPE S
Stainless steel - A4 (AISI 316): M6 – M12
Suitable for:
Concrete C12/15, Natural stone with dense structure
Benefits:
• Europ
Benefits:
• The anchor can be easily and speedily installed with
low efforts.
• The high load capacities are a result of the safe
function of threefold expanding sleeve.
• The versions with hook and eye bolt broaden the
application spectrum.
• The uniformly distributed expansion force avoids
concrete spalling at smallest edge distances too.

Applications
W-TM/A4

Approvals and Certificates

Description Authority/ Guideline No./date of issue

Laboratory for Assessment
European Technical DIBt, Berlin ETAG 001-T2 ETA-10/0255 /2010-07-13
Approval

372
 Basic loading data (for a single anchor)

All data in this section applies to:
• Correct setting (See setting instruction).
• No edge distance and spacing influence.
• Base material thickness, as specified in the table.
• Embedment depth, as specified in the table.
• Anchor material, as specified in the tables
and screw of class A4 70.
• Concrete C 20/25, fck,cube = 25 N/mm²,
Concrete C 50/60, fck,cube = 60 N/mm².

Mean ultimate resistance

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile ≥ C20/25 Nu,m [kN] 15.1 24.1 27.6 38.4
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vu,m [kN] 13.8 18.4 23.2 34.5

Characteristic resistance

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

W-TM/A4
Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRk [kN] 7.5 9.0 12.0 16.0
C50/60 NRk [kN] 11.3 11.1 14.8 24.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRk [kN] 7.0 12.8 18.7 29.5

Design resistance
Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Tensile C20/25 NRd [kN] 5.0 5.0 6.7 8.9
C50/60 NRd [kN] 7.5 6.2 8.2 13.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 VRd [kN] 4.5 8.2 12.4 18.9

373
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Recommended / Allowable loads 1)
Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0

Non-cracked concrete
Benefits:
Tensile C20/25 Nrec [kN] 3.6 3.6 4.8 6.3
• Europ
C50/60 Nrec [kN] 5.4 4.4 5.9 9.8
Shear ≥ C20/25 Vrec [kN] 3.2 5.9 8.9 13.5
1)
Material safety factor yM and safety factor for action y L = 1.4 are included. The material safety factor depends on the failure mode.
W-TM/A4

374
 Design Method (simplified)

Simplified version of the design method according ETAG 001-2010, Annex C. Design resistance
according data given in ETA-10/0255, issue 2010-07-13:
• Influence of concrete strength.
• Influence of edge distance.
• Influence of spacing.
• Valid for a group of anchors. (The influencing factors must then be considered for each edge distance and spacing.
The calculated design loads are then on the save side. They will be lower than the exact values according
ETAG 001, Annex C. To avoid this, it is recommended to use the anchor design software of Würth).
• The design method is based on the following simplification: No different loads are acting on individual anchors
(no eccentricity), screw of class A4-70.

Tension loading

The decisive design resistance in tension is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Pull out and Pull through failure:

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

W-TM/A4
Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
NRd,s [kN] 7.5 13.7 21.7 31.6

Design pull-out resistance of a single anchor

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,p [kN] 5.0 5.0 6.7 8.9

375
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Design concrete cone resistance and splitting resistance of a single anchor

Concrete cone failure:

Concrete splitting failure:

No verification of splitting is required if at least one of the conditions is fulfilled:

a) The edge distance in all directions is Benefits:
for single fasteners and for fastener groups and the
member depth is in both cases. • Europ
b) The characteristic resistance for concrete cone failure and pull-out failure is calculated for cracked concrete and
reinforcement resists the splitting forces and limits the crack width to .

Basic design concrete cone resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Non-cracked concrete
N0Rd,c [kN] 8.4 8.3 10.4 14.0

Influence of concrete strength

W-TM/A4

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,N [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

376
Concrete cone failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N and spacing scr,N

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
scr,N [mm] 118.50 133.50 154.50 189.00
ccr,N [mm] 59.25 66.75 77.25 94.50

Concrete cone failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,N1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction

2 fsx, fsy 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx, fsy 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx, fsy 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx, fsy 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete cone failure - Influence of edge distance

W-TM/A4
c/ccr,N 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy

Concrete splitting failure

Characteristic edge distance ccr,sp and spacing scr,sp

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
scr,sp [mm] 160 200 260 280
ccr,sp [mm] 80 100 130 140
hmin [mm] 135 135 140 160

377
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Concrete splitting failure - Influence of spacing

Number of
fixing per s/scr,sp1) 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0
direction
Benefits:
• Europ
2 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00

3 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.40 0.43 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.57 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

4 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

5 fsx,sp, fsy,sp 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in one row.

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of edge distance

c/ccr,sp 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 ≥ 1.0

fcx,1, sp 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.93 0.94 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00

fcx,2, sp
0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 0.95 0.98 1.00
fcy, sp
W-TM/A4

Concrete splitting failure - Influence of concrete member thickness

h/hmin 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.40 2.50 2.60 2.70 2.80 ≥2.90

fh 1.00 1.07 1.13 1.19 1.25 1.31 1.37 1.42 1.48 1.53 1.59 1.64 1.69 1.74 1.79 1.84 1.89 1.94 1.99 2.00

378
Shear loading

The decisive design resistance in shear is the lowest value of the following failure modes:

Steel failure:

Concrete pry-out failure:

Concrete edge failure:

Design steel resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
VRd,s [kN] 4.5 8.2 13.0 18.9

Design concrete pry-out resistance of a single anchor

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
k [-] 1 1 1 2

W-TM/A4
Design concrete edge resistance

Verification of concrete edge failure may be omitted for single fasteners and groups with an edge distance in all
directions . For anchorages with more than one edge, the resistance for all edges shall be
calculated. The smallest value should be used in the verification.

379
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Basic design concrete edge resistance of a single anchor

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Edge distance c1 V0Rd,c
[mm] [kN]
45 3.7
Benefits:
50 4.3 • Europ
55 4.9
60 5.6
65 6.2
70 6.9 7.2
75 7.6 7.9
80 8.3 8.7
85 9.0 9.4 9.9
90 9.7 10.2 10.7
95 10.5 11.0 11.5
100 11.3 11.8 12.3
110 12.9 13.4 14.0
120 14.6 15.2 15.8 16.7
130 16.3 17.0 17.6 18.6
140 18.1 18.8 19.5 20.6
W-TM/A4

150 20.0 20.7 21.5 22.6

160 21.9 22.7 23.5 24.7
170 23.8 24.7 25.6 26.9
180 25.8 26.7 27.7 29.1
190 27.9 28.8 29.8 31.3
200 30.0 31.0 32.1 33.6
250 41.2 42.5 43.8 45.8
300 53.4 55.0 56.6 59.0
350 66.6 68.4 70.4 73.2
400 82.8 85.0 88.3
450 98.0 100.5 104.2
500 116.8 120.9
550 133.8 138.3
600 151.5 156.5
650 175.3
700 194.8

380
Influence of concrete strength

Concrete strength classes

C12/15 C16/20 C20/25 C25/30 C30/37 C35/45 C40/50 C45/55 C50/60
(EN 206:2000)
Characteristic compressive strength
of concrete determined by testing fck,cyl [N/mm2] 12 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
cylinders1)
Characteristic compressive strength of
fck,cube [N/mm2] 15 20 25 30 37 45 50 55 60
concrete determined by testing cube2)
Influencing factor fb,V [-] 0.77 0.89 1.00 1.10 1.22 1.34 1.41 1.48 1.55

1)
strength at 28days of 150mm diameter by 300mm cylinders.
2)
strength at 28days of 150mm cubes.

Influence of load direction

α1) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
fα,V 1.00 1.01 1.05 1.13 1.24 1.40 1.64 1.97 2.32 2.50
1)
For α ≥ 90° the component of the shear load acting away from the edge may be neglected and the verification may
be done with component acting parallel to the edge only.

W-TM/A4
Influence of spacing

In groups loaded perpendicular to the edge only two adjacent anchors closest and parallel to the edge carry the load.
The smallest spacing should be used for the verification.

s/c11) 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.00 2.20 2.40 2.60 2.80 3.00
fs,V 1.17 1.20 1.23 1.27 1.30 1.33 1.40 1.47 1.53 1.60 1.67 1.73 1.80 1.87 1.93 2.00
1)
Choose always the lowest value of the spacing s, when there are different spacings in the row closest to the edge.

Influence of edge distance

c2/c11) 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 1.50

fc,V 0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
1)
Distance to the second edge: c1 ≤ c2.

381
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Influence of concrete member thickness

h/c1 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 1.40 ≥ 1.50
fh,V 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.52 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.97 1.00
Benefits:
• Europ
Structural Verification

Tension

Shear

Combined tension and shear

W-TM/A4

382
 Installation instruction
Anchor type: W-TM/A4
Installation
Never use damaged tools.
Drill the hole with a hammer drill. Drill
bit diameter and its working length are
determined by the diameter and depth of
the drill hole of the selected anchor.
(see table anchor characteristics).
Positioning of drill holes without damaging
the reinforcement.
Clean the bore hole from the bottom until
the return air straem is without dust.
Drive the anchor with some hammer
impacts into the drill hole.
The anchor should be flushed with the
surface.
Anchor installation ensuring the specified
embedment depth.
Application of the required torque moment
using a calibrated torque wrench.
(see table anchor characteristics for the
torque moment).
Control
See permissible tolerances of the drill bit’s
cutting edges referring to the code
of practice „Characteristic values,
requirements and tests for masonry drill
bits with carbide cutting edges which are
used for drilling holes in which concrete
anchors are installed“.
The edge distances and spacing
has to be provided without minus
tolerances.
W-TM/A4
Length of the screws should be
selected to the minimum screwing in
anchors is maintained.
If it is not possible to apply the
necessary torque moment the anchor
can not be used.
383
 HEAVY-DUTY ANCHOR W-TM/A4
Anchor characteristics

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39,5 44,5 51,5 63,0
Nominal drill hole diameter d0 [mm] Benefits:
10 12 14 18
• Europ
Drill depth h 0 / h1 [mm] h1=LS - tfix + 10
Drill hole depth for through
td [mm] td = h1 + tfix
fixing
Clearance-hole in fixture to be
TM and TM S df [mm] 7 9 12 14
attached
Wrench size SW [mm] 10 13 17 19
Required torque Tinst [Nm] 10 25 40 75
min tfix [mm] 1 1 1 1
Thickness of fixture TM max tfix [mm] 50 65 85 70
TM S max tfix [mm] 10 14 20 25
TM lS ≥ [mm] tfix+45 tfix+51 tfix+60 tfix+75
Length of hexahead screw
TM S lS [mm] 55 65 80 100
Min. thickness of concrete
hmin [mm] 135 135 140 160
member
Non-cracked concrete
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 65 90 135 165
W-TM/A4

Minimum edge distances cmin [mm] 45 70 85 115

hmin tfix

h1
Tinst

hef

LS

384
 Mechanical characteristics

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12

Effective anchorage depth hef [mm] 39.5 44.5 51.5 63.0
Stressed cross section of threaded part
Stressed cross section As [mm²] 20.1 36.6 58.0 84.3
Section Modulus W [mm³] 10.7 26.5 53.3 93.9
Yield strength fy [N/mm²] 350 350 350 350
Tensile strength fu [N/mm²] 700 700 700 700
Design bending moment M 0
Rd,s
[Nm] 6.9 16.8 33.5 58.8

Material specification

Anchor type: W-TM/A4

Designation Material
Stainless steel
Conical nut Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or 1.4571, EN 10088
Expansion sleeve Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088
Hexagonal head bolt Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088

W-TM/A4
Washer Stainless steel, 1.4401, 1.4404 or
1.4571, EN 10088

385
ANCHOR DESIGN MANUAL

Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise, nur mit Genehmigung.

MWC-H01170-ZPPD-100-07/2014
Adolf Würth GmbH & Co. KG © by Adolf Würth GmbH & Co. KG
Gedruckt auf umweltfreundlichem Papier.
74650 Künzelsau Printed in Germany. Wir behalten uns das Recht vor, Produktveränderungen, die aus unserer Sicht
Telefon +49 7940 15-0 Alle Rechte vorbehalten. einer Qualitätsverbesserung dienen, auch ohne Vorankündigung oder Mit-
Telefax +49 7940 15-1000 Verantwortlich für den technischen teilung jederzeit durchzuführen. Abbildungen können Beispielabbildungen sein,
die im Erscheinungsbild von der gelieferten Ware abweichen können. Irrtümer
www.wuerth.de Inhalt: Dr. Jochen Buhler behalten wir uns vor, für Druckfehler übernehmen wir keine Haftung. Es gelten
jochen.buhler@wuerth.com Redaktion: Dübeltechnik International unsere allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen.